11thsamplebooklet PDF

MOTION SAMPLE BOOKLET CLASS XI
• ROTATIONAL
• STOICHIOMETRY - I
• TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS & IDENTITIES
Copyright © reserved with Motion Edu. Pvt. Ltd. and Publications
All rights reserved. No part of this work herein should be reproduced or used either
graphically, electronically, mechanically or by recording, photocopying, taping, web
distributing or by storing in any form and retrieving without the prior written permission of
the publisher. Anybody violating this is liable to be legally prosecuted.
Corporate Head Office

394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar Kot a, (Raj.)
Ph. No. : 08003899588, 0744-2209671
IVRS No : 0744-2439051, 52, 53,
www. motioniitjee.com , info@motioniitjee.com
THEORY AND EXERCISE BOOKLET
CONTENTS
ROTATIONAL
S.NO. TOPIC PAGE NO.
THEORY WITH SOLVED EXAMPLES ..................................................... 5 – 24
EXERCISE - I ............................................................................................ 25 – 37
EXERCISE - II ........................................................................................... 38 – 54
EXERCISE - III .......................................................................................... 55 – 68
EXERCISE -IV ........................................................................................... 69 - 86
ANSWER KEY .......................................................................................... 87 - 89
STOICHIOMETRY-I
EXERCISE - I ............................................................................................ 120 – 126
EXERCISE - II ........................................................................................... 127 – 135
EXERCISE - III .......................................................................................... 136 – 143
EXERCISE - IV .......................................................................................... 144 – 145
ANSWER KEY .......................................................................................... 146 – 148
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS & IDENTITIES (PHASE–I)

EXERCISE - I ............................................................................................ 166 – 172
EXERCISE - II ........................................................................................... 173 – 179
EXERCISE - III .......................................................................................... 180 – 192
EXERCISE - IV .......................................................................................... 193 – 198
ANSWER KEY .......................................................................................... 199 - 200

SYLLABUS
• ROTATIONAL
Rigid body, moment of inertia, parallel and perpendicular axes theorems, moment of
inertia of uniform bodies with simple geometrical shapes; Angular momentum; Torque;
Conservation of angular momentum; Dynamics of rigid bodies with fixed axis of rotation;
Rolling without slipping of rings, cylinders and spheres; Equilibrium of rigid bodies;
Collision of point masses with rigid bodies.
• STOICHIOMETRY-I
Mole concept; Chemical formulae; Balanced chemical equations; Calculations (based
on mole concept) involving common oxidation-reduction, neutralisation, and displacement
reactions; Concentration in terms of mole fraction, molarity, molality and normality.
• TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS & IDENTITIES (PHASE–I)
Trigonometric functions, their periodicity and graphs, addition and subtraction formulae,
formulae involving multiple and sub-multiple angles
TOTAL NO. OF QUESTIONS
• PHYSICS
No. of Unsolved Example : 1000 (Approx)
No. of Solved Example : 5000 (Approx)
• CHEMISTRY
• MATHEMATICS
Corporate Head Office : Motion Education Pvt. Ltd., 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota-5 (Raj.)
ROTATIONAL DYNAMICS Page # 5
ROTATIONAL DYNAMICS
1. RIGID BODY :
Rigid body is defined as a system of particles in which distance between each pair of particles
remains constant (with respect to time) that means the shape and size do not change,
during the motion. Eg. Fan, Pen, Table, stone and so on.
Our body is not a rigid body, two blocks with a spring attached between them is also not a
rigid body. For every pair of particles in a rigid body, there is no velocity of seperation or
approach between the particles. In the figure shown velocities of A and B with respect to
ground are VA and VB respectively
A
VA sin 1
A
A VA cos 1
VA
1
B B
VBA
VB 2 B
VB sin 2
VB cos 2
If the above body is rigid
VA cos 1 = VB cos 2
Note : With respect to any particle of rigid body the motion of any other particle of that rigid body is
circular.
VBA = relative velocity of B with respect to A.
Types of Motion of rigid body
Pure Translational Pure Rotational Combined Translational and

Motion Motion Rotational Motion
1.1. Pure Translational Motion :

A body is said to be in pure translational motion if the displacement of each particle is same
during any time interval however small or large. In this motion all the particles have same s, v
& a at an instant.
example.
A box is being pushed on a horizontal surface.
10
6 6
10
16
Vcm V of any particle, acm a of any particle
Scm S of any particle

For pure translational motion :-
v
v m2 m2
m1 v m1
v m3 m3
m4 v v m4
m5 vm6 m5 m6
v m8 m8
m7 m7
: 0744-2209671, 08003899588 | url : www.motioniitjee.com, :info@motioniitjee.com

Page # 6 ROTATIONAL DYNAMICS
Fext m1a1 m 2 a2 m3 a 3 .............

Where m1, m2, m3, ......... are the masses of different particles of the body having accelerations
a1, a2 , a3 ,............... respectively..
But acceleration of all the particles are same So, a1 a2 a3 ......... a
Fext Ma
Where M = Total mass of the body
a = acceleration of any particle or of centre of mass of body
P m1v1 m2 v 2 m3 v 3 .............
Where m1, m2, m3 ...... are the masses of different particles of the body having velocities
v1, v2 , v3 ............. respectively
But velocities of all the particles are same so v1 v2 v 3 .......... v
P Mv
Where v = velocity of any particle or of centre of mass of the body..
1 1 1
Total Kinetic Energy of body = m1v12 m2 v 22 .......... . Mv 2
2 2 2
1.2. Pure Rotational Motion :

A body is said to be in pure rotational motion if the perpendicular distance of each particle
remains constant from a fixed line or point and do not move parallel to the line, and that line
is known as axis of rotation. In this motion all the particles have same , and at an
instant. Eg. : - a rotating ceiling fan, arms of a clock.
For pure rotation motion :-
s
Where = angle rotated by the particle
r
s = length of arc traced by the particle. m2
r = distance of particle from the axis of rotation. m1
m3
m4
d m5 m6
Where = angular speed of the body..
dt
d
Where = angular acceleration of the body..
dt
All the parameters , and are same for all the particles. Axis of rotation is perpendicular to
the plane of rotation of particles.
Special case : If = constant,
= 0+ t Where 0 = initial angular speed
1 2
0t t t = time interval
2
2
= 02 + 2
1 1
Total Kinetic Energy m1v12 m2 v 22 .................
2 2
1
[m1r12 m2 r22 ................] 2
2
1 2
I Where I = Moment of Inertia = m1r12 m2r22 .......
2
= angular speed of body.
1.3 Combined translation and rotational Motion

A body is said to be in translation and rotational motion if all the particles rotates about an
axis of rotation and the axis of rotation moves with respect to the ground.
2. MOMENT OF INERTIA
Like the centre of mass, the moment of inertia is a property of an object that is related to its
mass distribut ion. The moment of inert ia (denoted by I) is an important quantity in the study
of system of particles that are rotating. The role of the moment of inertia in the study of
rotational motion is analogous to that of mass in the study of linear motion. Moment of inertia
gives a measurement of the resistance of a body to a change in its rotaional motion. If a body
is at rest, the larger the moment of inertia of a body the more difficuilt it is to put that body
into rotational motion. Similarly, the larger the moment of inertia of a body, the more difficult
to stop its rotational motion. The moment of inertia is calculated about some axis (usually the
rotational axis).
Moment of inertia depends on :
(i) density of the material of body
(ii) shape & size of body
(iii) axis of rotation
In totality we can say that it depends upon distribution of mass relative to axis of rotation.
Note :
Moment of inertia does not change if the mass :
(i) is shifted parallel to the axis of the rotation
(ii) is rotated with constant radius about axis of rotation
2.1 Moment of Inertia of a Single Particle
r
For a very simple case the moment of inertia of a
single particle about an axis is given by,
I = mr2 ...(i)
Here, m is the mass of the particle and r its distance from the axis under consideration.
2.2 Moment of Inertia of a System of Particles
The moment of inertia of a system of particles about an axis is given by,
I= m iri2 ...(ii)
i
r1
m1
r2
m2
r3
m3
where ri is the perpendicular distance from the axis to the ith particle, which has a mass mi.
Ex.1 Two heavy particles having masses m1 & m2 are situated in a plane perpendicular to
line AB at a distance of r1 and r2 respectively.
C A
r1 r2
E F
m1 m2
D B
(i) What is the moment of inertia of the system about axis AB?
(ii) What is the moment of inertia of the system about an axis passing through m1
and perpendicular to the line joining m1 and m2 ?
(iii) What is the moment of inertia of the system about an axis passing through m1
and m2?

Sol. (i) Moment of inertia of particle on left is I1 = m1r12.

Moment of Inertia of particle on right is I2 = m2r22.
Moment of Inertia of the system about AB is
I = I1+ I2 = m1r12 + m2r22
(ii) Moment of inertia of particle on left is I1 = 0
Moment of Inertia of the system about CD is
I = I1 + I2 = 0 + m2 (r1 + r2)2
(iii) Moment of inertia of particle on left is I1 = 0
Moment of inertia of particle on right is I2 = 0
Moment of Inertia of the system about EF is
I = I1 + I2 = 0 + 0
Ex.2 Three light rods, each of length 2 , are joined together to form a triangle. Three particles
A, B, C of masses m, 2m, 3m are fixed to the vertices of the triangle. Find the moment
of inertia of the resulting body about
(a) an axis through A perpendicular to the plane ABC,
(b) an axis passing through A and the midpoint of BC. X
A
Sol. (a) B is at a distant 2 from the axis XY so the moment of m
inertia of B (IB) about XY is 2 m (2 )2
Y
Similarly Ic about XY is 3m (2 )2 and IA about XY is m(0)2
2l
2l
Therefore the moment of inertia of the body about XY is
2m (2 )2 + 3 m(2 )2 + m(0)2 = 20 m 2
(b) IA about X' Y' = m(0)2 B
C
IB about X' Y' = 2m ( ) 2
2m 3m
IC about X' Y' = 3m ( )2
Therefore the moment of inertia of the body about X' Y' is
m(0)2 + 2m( )2 + 3m( )2 = 5 m 2
X'
A m
B C
2m 3m
Y'
Ex.3 Four particles each of mass m are kept at the four corners of a square of edge a. Find
the moment of inertia of the system about a line perpendicular to the plane of the
square and passing through the centre of the square.
Sol. The perpendicular distance of every particle from
the given line is a / 2 . The moment of inertia of m
m
2 1 2
one particle is, therefore, m( a / 2 ) = ma . The
2
moment of inertia of the system is,
1 2
therefore, 4 ma = 2 ma2. m m
2
2.3 Moment of Inertia of Rigid Bodies

For a continuous mass distribution such as found
in a rigid body, we replace the summation of
I m iri2 by an integral. If the system is divided
i
r
into infinitesimal element of mass dm and if r is
the distance from a mass element to the axis of
rotation, the moment of inertia is,
I= r 2 dm
where the integral is taken over the system.
(A) Uniform rod about a perpendicular bisector

Consider a uniform rod of mass M and length l figure and suppose the moment of inertia is to
be calculated about the bisector AB. Take the origin at the middle point O of the rod. Consider
the element of the rod between a distance x and x + dx from the origin. As the rod is uniform,
Mass per unit length of the rod = M / l A
so that the mass of the element = (M/l)dx. x dx
The perpendicular distance of the element from 0
the line AB is x. The moment of inertia of this B
element about AB is
M
dI dx x2 .
l
When x = – l/2, the element is at the left end of the rod. As x is changed from – l/2 to l/2, the
elements cover the whole rod.
Thus, the moment of inertia of the entire rod about AB is
l/2 l /2
M 2 M x3 Ml 2
I x dx
l l 3 –l / 2
12
l /2
(B) Moment of inertia of a rectangular plate about a line parallel to an edge and passing
through the centre
The situation is shown in figure. Draw a line parallel to AB at a distance x from it and another
at a distance x + dx. We can take the strip enclosed between the two lines as the small
element.
A x
dx B
l
It is “small” because the perpendiculars from different points of the strip to AB differ by not
more than dx. As the plate is uniform,
M
its mass per unit area =
bl
M M
Mass of the strip = b dx dx .
bl l

The perpendicular distance of the strip from AB = x.

M
The moment of inertia of the strip about AB = dI = dx x2 . The moment of inertia of the given
l
plate is, therefore,
l /2
M 2 Ml 2
I x dx
l 12
l /2
The moment of inertia of the plate about the line parallel to the other edge and passing
through the centre may be obtained from the above formula by replacing l by b and thus,
Mb2
.
I
12
(C) Moment of inertia of a circular ring about its axis (the line perpendicular to the plane of
the ring through its centre)
Suppose the radius of the ring is R and its mass is M. As all the elements of the ring are at the
same perpendicular distance R from the axis, the moment of inertia of the ring is
I r 2 dm R 2 dm R2 dm MR2 .
(D) Moment of inertia of a uniform circular plate about its axis

Let the mass of the plate be M and its radius R. The centre is at O and the axis OX is
perpendicular to the plane of the plate.
X
dx
0
x
Draw two concentric circles of radii x and x + dx, both centred at O and consider the area of
the plate in between the two circles.
This part of the plate may be considered to be a circular ring of radius x. As the periphery of
the ring is 2 x and its width is dx, the area of this elementary ring is 2 xdx. The area of the
plate is R2. As the plate is uniform,
M
Its mass per unit area =
R2
M
2Mxdx
Mass of the ring 2 xdx
R2 R2
Using the result obtained above for a circular ring, the moment of inertia of the elementary
ring about OX is
2Mxdx 2
dI x .
R2
The moment of inertia of the plate about OX is
R
2M MR 2
I 2
x 3 dx .
R 2
0
(E) Moment of inertia of a hollow cylinder about its axis

Suppose the radius of the cylinder is R and its mass is M. As every element of this cylinder is
at the same perpendicular distance R from the axis, the moment of inertia of the hollow
cylinder about its axis is
I r 2 dm R2 dm MR2
(F) Moment of inertia of a uniform solid cylinder about its axis

Let the mass of the cylinder be M and its radius R. Draw two cylindrical surface of radii x and
x + dx coaxial with the given cylinder. Consider the part of the cylinder in between the two
surface. This part of the cylinder may be considered to be a hollow cylinder of radius x. The
area of cross-section of the wall of this hollow cylinder is 2 x dx. If the length of the cylinder
is l, the volume of the material of this elementary hollow cylinder is 2 x dxl.
The volume of the solid cylinder is R2 l and it is uniform, hence its mass per unit volume is
M
R2 l
The mass of the hollow cylinder considered is
M 2M
2
2 xdx l xdx .
R l R2
dx
As its radius is x, its moment of inertia about the given axis is
x
2M 2
dI xdx x .
R2
The moment of inertia of the solid cylinder is, therefore,
R
2M MR2
I x3 dx
R 2
2 .
0
Note that the formula does not depend on the length of the cylinder.
(G) Moment of inertia of a uniform hollow sphere about a diameter
Let M and R be the mass and the radius of the sphere, O its centre and OX the given axis
(figure). The mass is spread over the surface of the sphere and the inside is hollow.
Let us consider a radius OA of the sphere at an angle with the axis OX and rotate this radius
about OX. The point A traces a circle on the sphere. Now change to + d and get another
circle of somewhat larger radius on the sphere. The part of the sphere between these two
circles, shown in the figure, forms a ring of radius R sin . The width of this ring is Rd and its
periphery is 2 R sin . Hence,
the area of the ring = (2 R sin ) (Rd ).
x
M R sin
Mass per unit area of the sphere . A
4 R2 Rd
M M R
The mass of the ring 2
( 2 R sin )(Rd ) sin d . d
4 R 2 0
The moment of inertia of this elemental ring about OX is
M M 2
dI sin d . (R sin ) 2 R sin3 d
2 2
As increases from 0 to , the elemental rings cover the whole spherical surface. The
moment of inertia of the hollow sphere is, therefore,
M 2 MR2 MR2
I R sin3 d (1 cos2 ) sin d (1 cos2 ) d(cos )
2 2 2
0 0 0
MR2 cos 3 2
cos MR2
2 3 3
0

(H) Moment of inertia of a uniform solid sphere about a diameter

Let M and R be the mass and radius of the given solid sphere. x
Let O be centre and OX the given axis. Draw two spheres of
radii x and x + dx concentric with the given solid sphere. The
thin spherical shell trapped between these spheres may be treated
as a hollow sphere of radius x. 0 x
The mass per unit volume of the solid sphere
M 3M
=
4 3
R 4 R3
3
The thin hollow sphere considered above has a surface area 4 x2 and thickness dx. Its volume
i s
4 x2 dx and hence its mass is
3M 3M
= ( 4 x2 dx) = x2 dx
4 R 3
R3
Its moment of inertia about the diameter OX is, therefore,

2 3M 2 2M 4
dl = 3 3 x dx x 2 = 3 x dx
R R
If x = 0, the shell is formed at the centre of the solid sphere. As x increases from 0 to R, the
shells cover the whole solid sphere.
The moment of inertia of the solid sphere about OX is, therefore,
R
2M 2
I= x 4 dx = MR2 .
0
R3 5
Ex.4 Find the moment of Inertia of a cuboid along the axis as shown in the figure.
I
b
a
c
M(a2 b 2 )
Sol. After compressing the cuboid parallel to the axis I =
12
3. THEOREMS OF MOMENT OF INERTIA

There are two important theorems on moment of inertia, which, in some cases enable the
moment of inertia of a body to be determined about an axis, if its moment of inertia about
some other axis is known. Let us now discuss both of them.
3.1 Theorem of parallel axes

A very useful theorem, called the parallel axes theorem relates
the moment of inertia of a rigid body about two parallel axes,
one of which passes
through the centre of mass. COM
Two such axes are shown in figure for a body of mass M. If r is

the distance between the axes and ICOM and I are the respective r
moments of inertia about them, these moments are related by,
I = ICOM + Mr2
* Theorem of parallel axis is applicable for any type of rigid body whether it is a two dimensional
or three dimensional
Ex 5. Three rods each of mass m and length l are joined A

together to form an equilateral triangle as shown in
figure. Find the moment of inertia of the system
about an axis passing through its centre of mass and
perpendicular to the plane
COM
of triangle.
Sol. Moment of inertia of rod BC about an axis perpendicular
B C
to plane of triangle ABC and passing through the mid-
point of rod BC (i.e., D) is
ml 2
I1 =
12
From theorem of parallel axes, moment of inertia of this A
rod about the asked axis is
2
ml 2 l ml 2 COM
I2 = I1 + mr = 2 m
12 2 3 6
r
Moment of inertia of all the three rod is 30°
B D C
ml 2 ml 2
I 3I2 3
6 2
Ex.6. Find the moment of inertia of a solid sphere of mass M and radius R about an axis XX
shown in figure.
x
x
Sol. From theorem of parallel axis,
IXX = ICOM + Mr2
2 COM
= MR2 MR2
5
7 x
= MR2
5 r=R

Ex.7. Consider a uniform rod of mass m and length 2l with two particles of mass m each at
its ends. Let AB be a line perpendicular to the length of the rod passing through its
centre. Find the moment of inertia of the system about AB.
Sol. IAB = Irod + I both particles A
m( 2l ) 2
2(ml 2 ) I I
12
m m
7 2
ml Ans.
3 B
3.2 Theorem of perpendicular axes

The theorem states that the moment of inertia of a plane lamina about an axis perpendicular
to the plane of the lamina is equal to the sum of the moments of inertia of the lamina about
two axes perpendicular to each other, in its own plane and intersecting each other, at the
point where the perpendicular axis passes through it.
Let x and y axes be chosen in the plane of the body and z-axis perpendicular, to this plane,
three axes being mutually perpendicular, then the theorem states that.
z
y
xi
P
ri yi
O x
Iz = Ix + Iy
Important point in perpendicular axis theorem
(i) This theorem is applicable only for the plane bodies (two dimensional).
(ii) In theorem of perpendicular axes, all the three axes (x, y and z) intersect each other and this
point may be any point on the plane of the body (it may even lie outside the body).
(iii) Intersection point may or may not be the centre of mass of the body.
Ex.8 Find the moment of inertia of uniform ring of mass M and radius R about a diameter.
B
Z
C 0 D
A
Sol. Let AB and CD be two mutually perpendicular diameters of the ring. Take them ax X and Y-
axes and the line perpendicular to the plane of the ring through the centre as the Z-axis. The
moment of inertia of the ring about the Z-axis is I = MR2. As the ring is uniform, all of its
diameter equivalent and so Ix = Iy, From perpendicular axes theorem,
Iz MR2
Iz = Ix + Iy Hence Ix = =
2 2
Similarly, the moment of inertia of a uniform disc about a diameter is MR2/4
Ex.9 Two uniform identical rods each of mass M and length are joined to form a cross as
shown in figure. Find the moment of inertia of the cross about a bisector as shown
dotted in the figure.
Sol. Consider the line perpendicular to the plane of the figure through the centre of the cross. The
M 2
moment of inertia of each rod about this line is and hence the moment of inertia of the
12
M 2
cross is . The moment of inertia of the cross about the two bisector are equal by
6
symmetry and according to the theorem of perpendicular axes, the moment of inertia of the
M 2
cross about the bisector is .
12
Ex.10 In the figure shown find moment of inertia of a plate having mass M, length and
width b about axis 1,2,3 and 4. Assume that C is centre and mass is uniformly distributed
4 2
1
C
3 b
Sol. Moment of inertia of the plate about axis 1 (by taking rods perpendicular to axis 1)
l1 = Mb2/3
Moment of inertia of the plate about axis 2 (by taking rods perpendicular to axis 2)
I 2 = M 2/12
Moment of inertia of the plate about axis 3 (by taking rods perpendicular to axis 3)
Mb2
I3
12
Moment of inertia of the plate about axis 4(by taking rods perpendicular to axis 4)
I4 = M 2/3
3.3 Moment of Inertia of Compound Bodies
Consider two bodies A and B, rigidly joined together. The moment of inertia of this compound
body, about an axis XY, is required. If IA is the moment of inertia of body A about XY. I B is the
moment of inertia of body B about XY.Then, moment of Inertia of compound body I = IA + IB
Extending this argument to cover any number of bodies rigidly joined together, we see that
the moment of inertia of the compound body, about a specified axis, is the sum of the
moments of inertia of the separate parts of the body about the same axis.
A
X Y

Ex.11 Two rods each having length l and mass m joined together at point B as shown in
figure.Then findout moment of inertia about axis passing thorugh A and perpendicular
to the plane of page as shown in figure.
A
B ×
C
Sol. We find the resultant moment of inertia I by dividing in two parts such as
I = M.I of rod AB about A +
M.I of rod BC about A
I = I 1 + I2 ... (1)
first calculate I1 :
B A
×
m 2
I1 = ...(2)
3
Calculation of I2 : ×
use parallel axis theorem /2
d
I2 = ICM + md2 COM ×
m 2 2
m 2 5 2
2
= 12 m = m ...(3)
4 12 4
Put value from eq. (2) & (3) into (1)
m 2 m 2 5 2m
I=
3 12 4
2
m 2 5m
I= ( 4 1 15) I=
12 3
4. CAVITY PROBLEMS :
Ex.12 A uniform disc having radius 2R and mass density as shown in figure. If a small disc
of radius R is cut from the disc as shown. Then find out the moment of inertia of
remaining disc around the axis that passes through O and is perpendicular to the plane
of the page.
2R O R
Sol. We assume that in remaning part a disc of radius R and mass density ± is placed. Then
M1 ( 2R) 2
M2 – R2
2R O R 2R I2 R
× I1 ×
+
when – is takes
when is taken
Total Moment of Inertia I = I1 + I2
M1( 2R) 2
I1 =
2
4R2 .4R2
I1 = =8 R4
2
To calculate I2 we use parallel axis theorem.
I2 = ICM + M2R2
M2R2
I2 = + M2R2
2
3 3 3
I2 = M2R2 = (– R2 )R 2 I2 = – R4
2 2 2
Now I = I1 + I2
3 13
I= 8 R4 – R4 I= R4
2 2
Ex.13 A uniform disc of radius R has a round disc of radius R/3 cut as shown in Fig. The mass
of the remaining (shaded) portion of the disc equals M. Find the moment of inertia of
such a disc relative to the axis passing through geometrical centre of original disc and
perpendicular to the plane of the disc.
O
R
Sol. Let the mass per unit area of the material of disc
be . Now the empty space can be considered as
having density – and .
Now I0 = I + I–
( R2)R 2/2 = M.I of about O
– (R / 3) 2 (R / 3) 2
I– = [– (R / 3) 2 ]( 2R / 3) 2
2
= M.I of – about 0
4
I0 = R4 Ans.
9
5. TORQUE :
Torque represents the capability of a force to produce change in the rotational motion of the
body
Line of action
of force
P F
r
r sin
Q
5.1 Torque about point :

Torque of force F about a point r F
where F = force applied
P = point of application of force
Q = point about which we want to calculate the torque.

r = position vector of the point of application of force from the point about which we
want to determine the torque.
rF sin = r F = rF
where = angle between the direction of force and the position vector of P wrt. Q.
r = perpendicular distance of line of action of force from point Q.
F = force arm
SI unit to torque is Nm
Torque is a vector quantity and its direction is determined using right hand thumb rule.
Ex.14 A particle of mass M is released in vertical plane from a point P at x = x0 on the x-axis
it falls vertically along the y-axis. Find the torque acting on the particle at a time t
about origin?
O x0 P
x
Sol.
mg
Torque is produced by the force of gravity
rF sin k
or r F x0 mg
Ex.15 Calculate the total torque acting on the body shown in figure about the point O
10N
15N
37°
90°
O
30°
150°
5N
20N
15sin37°
10N 15N
37°
90°
O
Sol. 4cm 5N
30° 20N
150°
20sin30°
0
= 15sin37 × 6 + 20 sin 30° × 4 – 10 × 4
= 54 + 40 – 40 = 54 N-cm
0
= 0.54 N-m
Ex.16 A particle having mass m is projected with a velocity

v0 from a point P on a horizontal ground making an
angle with horizontal. Find out the torque about V0
the point of projection acting on the particle when
(a) it is at its maximum height ?
P Q
(b) It is just about to hit the ground back ?
Sol.
(a) Particle is at maximum height then about point P is p r F v0
R r
mg
F = mg ; r
2
v 20 sin 2 P
R
P
= mg = mg
2 2g
mv20 sin 2
p =
2
'
(b) when particle is at point Q then about point P is p r F
r R ; F = mg Q
P
'
v02 sin2 mg
p mgR = mg
g
Ex.17 In the previous question, during the motion of particle from P to Q. Torque of
gravitational force about P is :
(A) increasing (B) decreasing
(C) remains constant (D) first increasing then decreasing
Sol. Torque of gravitational force about P is increasing because r is increasing from O to R.
(Range)
5.2 Torque about axis :
r F
where = torque acting on the body about the axis of rotation
r = position vector of the point of application of force about the axis of rotation.
F = force applied on the body..
net 1 2 3 .....
To understand the concept of torque about axis we
take a general example which comes out in daily life.
Figure shows a door ABCD. Which can rotate about A D
axis AB. Now if we apply force. F at point. r × y
in inward direction then AB = r F and direction of this
AB
is along y axis from right hand thumb rule. Which x
is parallel to AB so gives the resultant torque.
Now we apply force at point C in the direction as shown B C
figure. At this time r & F are perpendicular to each other
F
which gives
AB rF

But door can’t move when force is applied in this direction because the direction of AB is
perpendicular to AB according to right hand thumb rule.
So there is no component of along AB which gives res 0
Now conclude Torque about axis is the component of r F parallel to axis of rotation.
Note : The direction of torque is calculated using right hand thumb rule and it is always
perpendicular to the plane of rotation of the body.
F2
r2
F3 r3 × r1 F1
If F1 or F2 is applied to body, body revolves in anti-clockwise direction and F3 makes body

revolve in clockwise direction. If all three are applied.
resul tan t F1r1 F2r2 – F3 r3 (in anti-clockwise direction)
6. BODY IS IN EQUILIBRIUM : -
We can say rigid body is in equillibrium when it is in
(a) Translational equilibrium
i.e. Fnet 0
Fnet x = 0 and Fnet y = 0 and
(b) Rotational equillibrium
net 0
i.e., torque about any point is zero
Note :
(i) If net force on the body is zero then net torque of the forces may or may not be zero.
example.
A pair of forces each of same magnitude and acting in opposite direction on the rod.
F
A B C
2
F
A 2F
(2) If net force on the body is zero then torque of the forces about each and every point is same
about B B F +F
B 2F
about C C 2F
Ex.18 Determine the point of application of third force for which body is in equillibrium when
forces of 20 N & 30 N are acting on the rod as shown in figure
20N
A 10cm C 20cm B
30N
Sol. Let the magnitude of third force is F, is applied in upward direction then the body is in the
equilibrium when
(i) Fnet 0 (Translational Equillibrium)
20 + F = 30 F = 10 N
So the body is in translational equilibrium when 10 N force act on it in upward direction.
(ii) Let us assume that this 10 N force act. 10N
Then keep the body in rotational equilibrium 20N
x
So Torque about C = 0
i.e. c
=0 A C 20cm B
30 × 20 = 10 x
30N
x = 60 cm
so 10 N force is applied at 70 cm from point A to keep the body in equilibrium.
Ex.19 Determine the point of application of force, when forces are acting on the rod as shown in
figure.
10N
5N
5cm 5cm
3N
Sol. Since the body is in equillibrium so we conclude F net 0 and torque about any point is zero
i.e., net 0
10N
5N 6
F2 x 37°
A 8N
F
F1 3N
Let us assume that we apply F force downward at A angle from the horizontal, at x distance
from B
From F net 0
Fnet x = 0 which gives
F2 = 8 N
From Fnet y = 0 5 + 6 = F1 + 3
F1 = 8 N
If body is in equillibrium then torque about point B is zero.
3 × 5 + F1. x – 5 × 10 = 0
15 + 8x – 50 = 0
35
x= x = 4.375 cm
9

Ex.20 A uniform rod length , mass m is hung from two strings of equal length from a ceiling
as shown in figure. Determine the tensions in the strings ?
/4
A B
Sol. Let us assume that tension in left and right string is TA and TB respectively. Then
Rod is in equilibrium then Fnet 0& net 0
From Fnet 0
mg = TA + TB ...(1)
From = 0 about A TA TB
net
/2 /4
3
mg TB 0
2 4 A B
2mg mg
TB =
3
2mg mg
from eq. (1) TA = mg TA =
3 3
Ladder Problems :
Ex.21 A stationary uniform rod of mass ‘m’, length ‘ ’ leans against a smooth vertical wall
mak ing an angle with rough horizontal floor. Find the normal force & frictional force
that is exerted by the floor on the rod?
smooth
rough
Sol. As the rod is stationary so the linear acceleration and angular acceleration of rod is zero.
i.e., acm = 0 ; = 0.
A
N2 = f N2
N = mg acm =0
1
Torque about any point of the rod should also be zero N1

=0
mg
B
A
=0 mg cos +f sin = N1 cos .
2 f
Free Body Diagram
mgcos
N1 cos = sin f+
2
mgcos mgcot
f= =
2 sin 2
Ex.22 The ladder shown in figure has negligible mass and rests on a frictionless floor. The
crossbar connects the two legs of the ladder at the middle. The angle between the two
legs is 60°. The fat person sitting on the ladder has a mass of 80 kg. Find the contanct
force exerted by the floor on each leg and the tension in the crossbar.
W
1m
60°
N T N
1m
Sol. The forces acting on different parts are shown in figure. Consider the vertical equilibrium of
“the ladder plus the person” system. The forces acting on this system are its weight (80 kg)
g and the contact force N + N = 2 N due to the floor. Thus
2 N = (80 kg) g or N = (40 kg) (9.8 m/s2) = 392 N
Next consider the equilibrium of the left leg of the ladder. Taking torques of the forces acting on
it about the upper end,
2 2
N (2m) tan 30° = T (1m) or T=N = (392 N) × = 450 N
3 3
Ex.23 A thin plank of mass m and length is pivoted at one end and it is held stationary in
horizontal position by means of a light thread as shown in the figure then find out the
force on the pivot.
Sol. Free body diagram of the plank is shown in figure. N2 T

Plank is in equilibrium condition
So Fnet & net on the plank is zero N1 O A
(i) from Fnet = 0 mg
Fnet x = 0
N1 = 0
Now Fnet 0
y
N2 + T = mg ...(i)
from net = 0
net
about point A is zero
so N2 . = mg . /2
mg
N2
2

Ex.24 A square plate is hinged as shown in figure and it is held stationary by means of a light
thread as shown in figure. Then find out force exerted by the hinge.
square plate
T
Sol. F.B.D.
Body is in equilibrium and
N
T and mg force passing through one line so
from net
= 0, N= 0
mg
Exercise - I OBJECTIVE PROBLEMS (JEE MAIN)

(A) MOMENT OF INERTIA Sol.
1. The moment of inertia of a body depends
upon -
(A) mass only
(B) angular velocity only
(C) distribution of particles only
(D) mass and distribution of mass about the axis
Sol.
4. The M.I. of a disc about its diameter is 2

units. Its M.I. about axis through a point on
its rim and in the plane of the disc is
(A) 4 units. (B) 6 units
(C) 8 units (D) 10 units
Sol.
2. Two spheres of same mass and radius are

in contact with each other. If the moment of
inertia of a sphere about its diameter is I, then
the moment of inertia of both the spheres
about the tangent at their common point would
be -
(A) 3I (B) 7I (C) 4I (D) 5I
Sol.
5. A solid sphere and a hollow sphere of the

same mass have the same moments of inertia
about their respective diameters, the ratio of
their radii is
(A) (5)1/2 : (3)1/2 (B) (3)1/2 : (5)1/2
(C) 3 : 2 (D) 2 : 3
Sol.
3. A disc of metal is melted to recast in the

form of a solid sphere. The moment of inertias
about a vertical axis passing through the centre
would -
(A) decrease (B) increase
(C) remains same (D) nothing can be said

6. A stone of mass 4kg is whirled in a horizontal 8. A circular disc A of radius r is made from
circle of radius 1m and makes 2 rev/sec. The an iron plate of thickness t and another circular
moment of inertia of the stone about the axis disc B of radius 4r is made from an iron plate
of rotation is of thickness t/4. The relation between the
(A) 64 kg × m 2 (B) 4 kg × m 2 moments of inertia IA and IB is
(C) 16 kg × m 2 (D) 1 kg × m 2 (A) IA > I B
Sol. (B) IA = IB
(C) IA < IB
(D) depends on the actual values of t and r.
Sol.
7. Three rings, each of mass P and radius Q

are arranged as shown in the figure. The
moment of inertia of the arrangement about
YY’ axis will be
9. The moment of inertia of a uniform semicircular
wire of mass M and radius r about a line
perpendicular to the plane of the wire through
the centre is
1 2 1 2 2 2
(A) Mr2 (B) Mr (C) Mr (D) Mr
2 4 5
Sol.
7 2
(A) PQ2 (B) PQ2
2 7
2 5
(C) PQ2 (D) PQ2
5 2
Sol.
10. Let IA and IB be moments of inertia of a body

about two axes A and B respectively. The axis A
passes through the centre of mass of the body
but B does not.
(A) IA < IB
(B) If IA < IB, the axes are parallel.
(C) If the axes are parallel, IA < IB
(D) If the axes are not parallel, IA IB
Sol. Sol.
13. A rigid body can be hinged about any point

on the x-axis. When it is hinged such that the
hinge is at x, the moment of inertia is given by
I = 2x 2 – 12x + 27 The x-coordinate of centre of
mass is
11. For the same total mass which of the following (A) x = 2 (B) x = 0
will have the largest moment of inertia about an (C) x = 1 (D) x = 3
axis passing through its centre of mass and Sol.
perpendicular to the plane of the body
(A) a disc of radius a
(B) a ring of radius a
(C) a square lamina of side 2a
(D) four rods forming a square of side 2a
Sol.
14. Consider the following statements

Assertion (A) : The moment of inertia of a rigid
body reduces to its minimum value as compared
to any other parallel axis when the axis of rotation
passes through its centre of mass.
Reason (R) : The weight of a rigid body always
acts through its centre of mass in uniform
gravitational field. Of these statements :
(A) both A and R are true and R is the correct
explanation of A
(B) both A and R are true but R is not a correct
explanation of A
(C) A is true but R is false
(D) A is false but R is true
12. Moment of inertia of a thin semicircular disc Sol.
(mass = M & radius = R) about an axis through
point O and perpendicular to plane of disc, is
given by :
O
R
1 1
(A) MR2 (B) MR2
4 2
1 2
(C) MR (D) MR2
8

15. A body is rotating uniformly about a vertical (B) TORQUE AND PURE
axis fixed in an inertial frame. The resultant force ROTATIONAL MOTION
on a particle of the body not on the axis is
(A) vertical
(B) horizontal and skew with the axis 18. A disc of radius 2m and mass 200kg is
(C) horizontal and intersecting the axis acted upon by a torque 100N-m. Its angular
(D) none of these acceleration would be
Sol. (A) 1 rad/sec2 (B) 0.25 rad/sec 2
(C) 0.5 rad/sec2 . (D) 2 rad/sec2 .
Sol.
16. One end of a uniform rod of mass m and

length I is clamped. The rod lies on a smooth
horizontal surface and rotates on it about the
clamped end at a uniform angular velocity . The
force exerted by the clamp on the rod has a
horizontal component
(A) m 2 l (B) zero
1 2
(C) mg (D) m
2
Sol. 19. On applying a constant torque on a body-
(A) linear velocity increases
(B) angular velocity increases
(C) it will rotate with constant angular velocity
(D) it will move with constant velocity
Sol.
17. A rod of length 'L' is hinged from one end. It

is brought to a horizontal position and released.
The angular velocity of the rod when it is in vertical
position is
2g 3g g g
(A) (B) (C) (D)
L L 2L L
Sol.
20. A wheel starting with angular velocity of

10 radian/sec acquires angular velocity of 100
radian/sec in 15 seconds. If moment of inertia
is 10kg-m2 , then applied torque (in newton-
metre) is
(A) 900 (B) 100 (C) 90 (D) 60
Sol. 23. The an gular velocity of a body is
= 2i + 3 j + 4k and a torqu e
= i + 2 j + 3 k acts on it. The rotational

power will be
(A) 20 watt (B) 15 watt
(C) 17 watt (D) 14 watt
Sol.
21. An automobile engine develops 100H.P.

when rotating at a speed of 1800 rad/min. The
torque it delivers is
(A) 3.33 W-s (B) 200W-s
(C) 248.7 W-s (D) 2487 W-s
Sol.
24. A torque of 2 newton-m produces an

angular acceleration of 2 rad/sec 2 a body. If
its radius of gyration is 2m, its mass will be:
(A) 2kg (B) 4 kg (C) 1/2 kg (D) 1/4 kg
Sol.
22. The moment of inertia and rotational kinetic

energy of a fly wheel are 20kg-m 2 and 1000
joule respectively. Its angular frequency per
minute would be -
600 25 5 300
(A) (B) 2 (C) (D)
Sol.
25. A particle is at a distance r from the axis

of rotation. A given torque produces some
angular acceleration in it. If the mass of the
particle is doubled and its distance from the
axis is halved, the value of torque to produce
the same angular acceleration is
(A) /2 (B) (C) 2 (D) 4

Sol. 28. In an experiment with a beam balance on

unknown mass m is balanced by two known mass
m is balanced by two known masses of 16 kg and
4 kg as shown in figure.
l1 l2 l1 l2
m m
16kg 4kg
The value of the unknown mass m is

(A) 10 kg (B) 6 kg (C) 8 kg (D) 12 kg
Sol.
26. A weightless rod is acted on by upward parallel
forces of 2N and 4N ends A and B respectively.
The total length of the rod AB = 3m. To keep the
rod in equilibrium a force of 6N should act in the
following manner :
(A) Downwards at any point between A and B.
(B) Downwards at mid point of AB.
(C) Downwards at a point C such that AC = 1m.
(D) Downwards at a point D such that BD = 1m.
Sol.
29. A homogeneous cubical brick lies motionless

on a rough inclined surface. The half of the brick
which applies greater pressure on the plane is :
27. A right triangular plate ABC of mass m is free

(A) left half
to rotate in the vertical plane about a fixed
(B) right half
horizontal axis through A. It is supported by a
(C) both applies equal pressure
string such that the side AB is horizontal. The (D) the answer depend upon coefficient of friction
reaction at the support A is : Sol.
A l
B
l
C
mg 2 mg mg
(A) (B) (C) (D) mg
3 3 2
Sol.
30. Consider the following statements 32. A pulley is hinged at the centre and a massless
Assertion (A) : A cyclist always bends inwards thread is wrapped around it. The thread is pulled
while negotiating a curve with a constant force F starting from rest. As
Reason (R) : By bending he lowers his centre of the time increases,
gravity Of these statements, F
(A) both A and R are true and R is the correct
explanation of A
(B) both A and R are true but R is not the correct
explanation of A (A) its angular velocity increases, but force on
(C) A is true but R is false hinge remains constant
(D) A is false but R is true (B) its angular velocity remains same, but force
Sol. on hinge increases
(C) its angular velocity increases and force on
hinge increases
(D) its angular velocity remains same and force
on hinge is constant.
31. A rod is hinged at its centre and rotated by

applying a constant torque starting from rest.
The power developed by the external torque as a
function of time is :
P ex t P ex t
33. The angular momentum of a flywheel having
(A) (B) a moment of inertia of 0.4 kg m2 decreases from
30 to 20 kg m2/s in a period of 2 second. The
time time average torque acting on the flywheel during this
P ex t Pex t
period is :
(A) 10 N.m (B) 2.5 N.m
(C) (D) (C) 5 N.m (D) 1.5 N.m
Sol.
time time
Sol.

34. A particle starts from the point (0m, 8m) and Sol.
moves with uniform velocity of 3 i m/s. After 5
seconds, the angular velocity of the particle about
the origin will be :
y
3m/s
8m
x
O
8 3
(A) rad / s (B) rad / s 37. The angular velocity of a body changes
289 8 from one revolution per 9second to 1 revolution
24 8 per second without applying any torque. The ratio
(C) rad / s (D) rad / s of its radius of gyration in the two cases is
289 17
(A) 1 : 9 (B) 3 : 1
Sol.
(C) 9 : 1 (D) 1 : 3
Sol.
38. A dog of mass m is walking on a pivoted

(C) ANGULAR MOMENTUM disc of radius R and mass M in a circle of
35. The rate of change of angular momentum radius R/2 with an angular frequency n: the
is called disc will revolve in opposite direction with
frequency -
(A) angular velocity (B)angular acceleration
(C) force (D) torque R/2
Sol. R
mn mn 2mn 2Mn
(A) (B) (C) (D)
M 2M M M
Sol.
36. The rotational kinetic energy of a rigid

body of moment of inertia 5 kg-m2 is 10 joules.
The angular momentum about the axis of
rotation would be -
(A) 100 joule-sec (B) 50 joule-sec
(C) 10 joule-sec (D) 2 joule -sec
39. A particle moves with a constant velocity Sol.

parallel to the X-axis. Its angular momentum with
respect to the origin.
(A) is zero
(B) remains constant
(C) goes on increasing
(D) goes on decreasing.
Sol.
42. A particle of mass 2 kg located at the position

( i j ) m has a velocity 2( i – j k) m/s. Its
angular momentum about z-axis in kg-m2 /s is :
(A) zero (B) +8
(C) 12 (D) – 8
Sol.
40. A person sitting firmly over a rotating stool

has his arms streatched. If he folds his arms, his
angular momentum about the axis of rotation
(A) increases (B) decreases
(C) remains unchanged (D) doubles.
Sol.
43. A ball of mass m moving with velocity v, collide

with the wall elastically as shown in the figure.
After impact the change in angular momentum
about P is :
P
d
(A) 2 mvd (B) 2 mvd cos

(C) 2 mvd sin (D) zero
Sol.
41. A man, sitting firmly over a rotating stool has

his arms streched. If he folds his arms, the work
done by the man is
(A) zero
(B) positive
(C) negative
(D) may be positive or negative.

44. A uniform rod of mass M has an impulse applied Sol.

at right angles to one end. If the other end begins
to move with speed V, the magnitude of the
impulse is
MV 2MV
(A) MV (B) (C) 2MV (D)
2 3
Sol.
47. A circular disc has a mass of 1kg and

radius 40 cm. It is rotating about an axis
passing through its centre and perpendicular
to its plane with a speed of 10rev/s. The work
done in joules in stopping it would be-
(A) 4 (B) 47.5 (C) 79 (D) 158
(D) COMBINED TRANSLATIONAL Sol.
+ ROTATIONAL MOTION
45. A circular ring of wire of mass M and
radius R is making n revolutions/sec about an
axis passing through a point on its rim and
perpendicular to its plane. The kinetic energy
of rotation of the ring is given by-
(A) 4 2MR2 n2 (B) 2 2MR2 n2
1 2
(C) MR2n2 (D) 8 2 MR2n2
2
Sol.
48. A disc rolls on a table. The ratio of its K.E.

of rotation to the total K.E. is -
(A) 2/5 (B) 1/3 (C) 5/6 (D) 2/3
Sol.
46. Rotational kinetic energy of a disc of

constant moment of inertia is -
(A) directly proportional to angular velocity
(B) inversely proportional to angular velocity
(C) inversely proportional to square of angular
velocity
(D) directly proportional to square of angular
velocity
49. A disk and a ring of the same mass are Sol.

rolling to have the same kinetic energy. What
is ratio of their velocities of centre of mass
(A) (4:3) 1/2 (B) (3 : 4)1/2
(C) (2) 1/2 : (3) 1/2 (D) (3)1/2 : (2)1/2
Sol.
52. A solid sphere, a hollow sphere and a disc, all

having smooth incline and released. Least time
will be taken in reaching the bottom by
(A) the solid sphere (B) the hollow sphere
(C) the disc (D) all will take same time.
Sol.
50. If the applied torque is directly proportional

to the angular displacement , then the work
done in rotating the body through an angle
would be - (C is constant of proportionality)
1 1
(A) C (B) C (C) C 2 (D) C 2
2 2
Sol.
53. A wheel of radius r rolling on a straight line,

the velocity of its centre being v. At a certain
instant the point of contact of the wheel with
the grounds is M and N is the highest point on
the wheel (diametrically opposite to M). The
incorrect statement is :
(A) The velocity of any point P of the wheel is
proportional to MP.
(B) Points of the wheel moving with velocity
greater than v form a larger area of the wheel
than points moving with velocity less than v.
51. The centre of a wheel rolling without slipping
in a plane surface moves with speed v0 . A particle (C) The point of contact M is instantaneously at
on the rim of the wheel at the same level as the rest.
centre will be moving at speed. (D) The velocities of any two parts of the wheel
(A) zero (B) v 0 (C) 2v0 (D) 2v0 which are equidistant from centre are equal.

Sol. Sol.
56. The linear speed of a uniform spherical shell

54. There is rod of length l. The velocities of its
after rolling down an inclined plane of vertical height
two ends are v1 and v2 in opposite directions
h from rest, is :
n ormal to t he rod . Th e di stan ce of th e
instantaneous axis of rotation from v1 is : 10gh 4gh
v2 v1l (A) (B)
7 5
(A) zero (B) v v l (C) (D) l/2
1 2 v1 v2
Sol. 6gh
(C) (D) 2gh
5
Sol.
57. A body kept on a smooth horizontal surface

55. A ring of radius R rolls without sliding with a is pulled by a constant horizontal force applied at
constant velocity. The radius of curvature of the the top point of the body. If the body rolls purely
path followed by any particle of the ring at the on the surface, its shape can be :
highest point of its path will be (A) thin pipe (B) uniform cylinder
(A) R (B) 2R (C) 4R (D) none (C) uniform sphere (D) thin spherical shell
Sol.
60. A uniform circular disc placed on a rough
horizontal surface has initially a velocity v0 and
an angular velocity 0 as shown in the figure.
The disc comes to rest after moving some distance
v0
in the direction of motion. Then r is
0
0
v0
1 3
(A) (B) 1 (C) (D) 2
58. A solid sphere with a velocity (of centre of 2 2
mass) v and angular velocity is gently placed Sol.
on a rough horizontal surface. The frictional force
on the sphere :
(A) must be forward (in direction of v)
(B) must be backward (opposite to v)
(C) cannot be zero
(D) none of the above
Sol.
61. A Cubical bloc of mass M and edge a slides

down a rough inclined plane of inclination with
59. A cylinder is pure rolling up an incline plane. a uniform velocity. The torque of the normal force
It stops momentarily and then rolls back. The on the block about its centre has a magnitude.
force of friction. (A) zero (B) Mga
(A) on the cylinder is zero throughout the journey 1
(B) is directed opposite to the velocity of the (C) Mga sin (D) Mgasin
2
centre of mass throughout the journey Sol.
(C) is directed up the plane throughout the journey
(D) is directed down the plane throughout the
journey
Sol.

Exercise - II
(A) MOMENT OF INERTIA Sol.
1. Three bodies have equal masses m. Body A is
solid cylinder of radius R, body B is a square lamina
of side R, and body C is a solid sphere of radius R.
Which body has the smallest moment of inertia
about an axis passing through their centre of mass
and perpendicular to the plane (in case of lamina)
(A) A (B) B
(C) C (D) A and C both
Sol.
4. A thin uniform rod of mass M and length L has
its moment of inertia I1 about its perpendicular
bisector. The rod is bend in the form of a
semicircular arc. Now its moment of inertia
through the centre of the semi circular arc and
perpendicular to its plane is I2. The ratio of I1 : I2
will be _________________
(A) < 1 (B) > 1 (C) = 1 (D) can’t be said
Sol.
2. Two rods of equal mass m and length l lie along
the x axis and y axis with their centres origin.
What is the moment of inertia of both about the
line x = y :
ml 2 ml 2
(A) (B)
3 4
ml 2 ml 2
(C) (D)
12 6
Sol. 5. A square plate of mass M and edge L is shown in
figure. The moment of inertia of the plate about
the axis in the plane of plate passing through one
of its vertex making an angle 15° from horizontal is.
axis
15°
L
ML2 11ML2 7 ML2
(A) (B) (C) (D) none
12 24 12
3. Moment of inertia of a rectangular plate about Sol.
an axis passing through P and perpendicular to
the plate is I. Then moment of PQR about an axis
perpendicular to the plane of the plate :
P Q
S R
(A) about P = I/2 (B) about R = I/2
(C) about P > I/2 (D) about R > I/2
Question No. 6 to 9 (4 questions) Sol.

The figure shows an isosceles triangular plate of
mass M and base L. The angle at the apex is 90°.
The apex lies at the origin and the base is parallel
to X - axis.
Y
X
6. The moment of inertia of the plate about the
z-axis is
ML2 ML2 ML2
(A) (B) (C) (D) none of these 9. The moment of inertia of the plate about the
12 24 6 y-axis is
Sol.
ML2 ML2
(A) (B)
6 8
ML2
(C) (D) none of these
24
Sol.
7. The moment of inertia of the plate about the 10. ABCD is a square plate with centre O. The
x-axis is moments of inertia of the plate about the per-
pendicular axis through O is I and about the axes
ML2 ML2 ML2 ML2
(A) (B) (C) (D) 1, 2, 3 & 4 are I1, I2, I3 & I4 respectively. It follows
8 32 24 6 that :
Sol. 1
2
A B
3
O
D C
4
(A) I2 = I3 (B) I = I1 + I4
(C) I = I2 + I4 (D) I1 = I3
Sol.
8. The moment of inertia of the plate about its

base parallel to the x-axis is
ML2 ML2 ML2
(A) (B) (C) (D) none of these
18 36 24

(B) TORQUE & PURE 13. A uniform cube of side ‘b’ and mass M rest on
ROTATIONAL MOTION a rough horizontal table. A horizontal force F is
applied normal to one of the face at a point, at a
height 3b/4 above the base. What should be the
11. A horizontal force F = mg/3 is applied on the
coefficient of friction ( ) between cube and table
upper surface of a uniform cube of mass ‘m’ and
so that is will tip about an edge before it starts
side ‘a’ which is resting on a rough horizontal
slipping?
surface having s = 1/2. The distance between
lines of action of ‘mg’ and normal reaction ‘N’ is :
(A) a/2 (B) a/3 (C) a/4 (D) None F
Sol. b
3b/4
2 1 3
(A) (B) (C) (D) none
3 3 2
Sol.
12. A man can move on a horizontal plank

supported symmetrically as shown. The variation
of normal reaction on support A with distance x
of the man from the end of the plank is best
represented by : 14. A solid cone hangs from a frictionless pivot
x=0 at the origin O, as shown. If i , j and k are unit
A B vectors, and a, b, and c are positive constants,
which of the following forces F applied to the rim
1m 4m 1m of the cone at a point P results in a torque on
the cone with a negative component Z ?
N N z
(A) (B) ko
y
i j
x x
x c
N N
(C) (D) b
x x (A) F = a k , P is (0, b, –c)
Sol.
(B) F = –a k , P is (0, –b, –c)
(C) F = a j , P is (–b, 0, –c)
(D) None
Sol.
15. A block of mass m is attached to a pulley 17. A block with a square base measuring axa
disc of equal mass m, radius r by means of a and height h, is placed on an inclined plane. The
slack string as shown. The pulley is hinged about coefficient of friction is . The angle of inclina-
its centre on a horizontal table and the block is tion ( ) of the plane is gradually increased. The
projected with an initial velocity of 5 m/s. Its block will
velocity when the string becomes taut will be a
(A) topple before sliding if
h
a
(B) topple before sliding if
h
a
(C) slide before toppling if
(A) 3 m/s (B) 2.5 m/s h
(C) 5/3 m/s (D) 10/3 m/s a
(D) slide before toppling if
Sol. h
Sol.
16. A rod of weight w is supported by two paral- 18. A body is in equilibrium under the influence of
lel knife edges A and B and is in equilibrium in a a number of forces. Each force has a different
horizontal position. The knives are at a distance line of action. The minimum number of forces re-
d from each other. The centre of mass of the rod quired is
is at a distance x from A. (A) 2, if their lines of action pass through the
wx centre of mass of the body
(A) the normal reaction at A is (B) 3, if their lines of action are not parallel
d
w(d x) (C) 3, if their lines of action are parallel
(B) the normal reaction at A is (D) 4, if their lines of action are parallel and all
d
wx the forces have the same magnitude
(C) the normal reaction at B is Sol.
d
w(d x)
(D) the normal reaction at B is
d
Sol.

19. A block of mass m moves on a horizontal Sol.

rough surface with initial velocity v. The height
of the centre of mass of the block is h from the
surface. Consider a point A on the surface
(A) angular momentum about A is mvh initially
(B) the velocity of the block decreases at time
passes
(C) torque of the forces acting on block is zero
about A
(D) angular momentum is not conserved about A
Sol.
21. A particle falls freely near the surface of the

earth. Consider a fixed point O (not vertically
below the particle) on the ground.
(A) Angular momentum of the particle about O is
increasing
(B) Torque of the gravitational force on the par-
ticle about O is decreasing
(C) The moment of inertia of the particle about O
is decreasing
(D) The angular velocity of the particle about O
is increasing
Sol.
20. Four point masses are fastened to the cor-

ners of a frame of negligible mass lying in the xy
plane. Let w be the angular speed of rotation.
Then
y-axis
m
b
M M x-axis
m a
z-axis
(A) rotational kinetic energy associated with a
given angular speed depends on the axis of rota-
tion.
(B) rotational kinetic energy about y-axis is inde-
pendent of m and its value is Ma2 2
(C) rotational kinetic energy about z-axis depends
on m and its value is (Ma2 + mb2) 2
(D) rotational kinetic energy about z-axis is inde-
pendent of m and its value is Mb2 2
22. A rod hinged at one end is released from the Sol.

horizontal position as shown in the figure. When
it becomes vertical its lower half separates without
exerting any reaction at the breaking point. Then
the maximum angle ‘ ’ made by the hinged upper
half with the vertical is :
C B A
B B
C
(A) 30° (B) 45° (C) 60° (D) 90°
Sol.
25. A thin circular ring of mass 'M' and radius 'R'

is rotating about its axis with a constant angular
velocity . Two objects each of mass m, are
attached gently to the opposite ends of a diameter
of the ring. The ring now rotates with an angular
velcoity.
M M
(A) (B)
(M m) (M 2m)
M (M 3m)
(C) (D)
(C) ANGULAR MOMENTUM (M – 2m) M
23. If a person sitting on a rotating stool with his Sol.
hands outstretched, suddenly lowers his hands,
then his
(A) Kinetic energy will decrease
(B) Moment of inertia will decrease
(C) Angular momentum will increase
(D) Angular velocity will remain constant
Sol.
26. A small bead of mass m moving with velocity

v gets threaded on a stationary semicircular ring
of mass m and radius R kept on a horizontal table.
The ring can freely rotate about its centre. The
bead comes to rest relative to the ring. What will
be the final angular velocity of the system?
24. A man spinning in free space changes the
shape of his body, eg. by spreading his arms or
curling up. By doing this, he can change his
(A) moment of inertia R
(B) angular momentum O
(C) angular velocity v
m
(D) rotational kinetic energy (A) v/R (B) 2v/R (C) v/2R (D) 3v/R

Sol. Sol.
Question No. 29& 30 (2 questions)

A uniform rod is fixed to a rotating turntable so
that its lower end is on the axis of the turntable
and it makes an angle of 20° to the vertical.
27. A thin uniform straight rod of mass 2 kg and (The rod is thus rotating with uniform angular
length 1 m is free to rotate about its upper end velocity about a vertical axis passing through one
when at rest. It receives an impulsive blow of 10 end.) If the turntable is rotating clockwise as
Ns at its lowest point, normal to its length as seen from above.
shown in figure. The kinetic energy of rod just after
impact is 20°
10 NS
(A) 75 J (B) 100 J

(C) 200 J (D) none 29. What is the direction of the rod’s angular
Sol. momentum vector (calculated about its lower end)
(A) vertically downwards
(B) down at 20° to the horizontal
(C) up at 20° to the horizontal
(D) vertically upwards
Sol.
28. A child with mass m is standing at the edge

of a disc with moment of inertia I, radius R, and
initial angular velocity . See figure given below. 30. Is there a torque acting on it, and if so in
The child jumps off the edge of the disc with what direction?
tangential velocity v with respect to the ground. (A) yes, vertically (B) yes, horizontally
The new angular velocity of the disc is (C) yes at 20° to the horizontal
(D) no
v
Sol.
2
I – mv2 (I + mR 2 ) 2
– mv2
(A) (B)
I I
I – mvR ( I + mR2 ) mvR

(C) (D)
I I
31. One ice skater of mass m moves with speed Sol.

2v to the right, while another of the same mass
m moves with speed v toward the left, as shown
in figure I. Their paths are separated by a distance
b. At t = 0, when they are both at x = 0, they
grasp a pole of length b and negligible mass. For
t > 0, consider the system as a rigid body of two
masses m separated by distance b, as shown in
figure II. Which of the following is the correct
formula for the motion after t = 0 of the skater
initially at y = b/2 ?
y y
m 2v
b/2 33. A uniform rod AB of mass m and length l is at

b x rest on a smooth horizontal surface. An impulse J
x is applied to the end B, perpendicular to the rod
t=0
in the horizontal direction. Speed of particle P at
m l
v a distance from the centre towards A of the
(t<0) 6
Figure 1 Figure II ml
rod after time t is
(A) x = 2vt, y = b/2 12J
(B) x = vt + 0.5b sin (3vt/b), y = 0.5b cos(3vt/b) J J J J
(C) x = 0.5vt + 0.5b sin (3vt/b), y = 0.5b cos(3vt/b) (A) 2 (B) (C) (D) 2
m 2m m m
(D) x = 0.5vt + 0.5b sin (6vt/b), y = 0.5b cos(6vt/b) Sol.
Sol.
32. A uniform rod AB of length L and mass M is

lying on a smooth table. A small particle of mass
m strike the rod with a velocity v0 at point C at a 34. A uniform rod of mass M is hinged at its upper
distance x from the centre O. The particle comes end. A particle of mass m moving horizontally
to rest after collision. The value of x, so that strikes the rod at its mid point elastically. If the
point A of the rod remains ststionary just after particle comes to rest after collision find the value
collision is : of M/m = ?
B
m v0
C v
x m
O
M
(A) 3/4 (B) 4/3
A
(A) L/3 (B) L/6 (C) L/4 (D) L/12 (C) 2/3 (D) none

Sol. (D) COMBINED TRANSLATIONAL

+ ROTATIONAL MOTION
37. A ring rolls without slipping on the ground.
Its centre C moves with a constant speed u. P is
any point on the ring. The speed of P with re-
spect to the ground is v.
(A) 0 v 2u
(B) v = u, if CP is horizontal
(C) v = u, if CP makes an angle of 30º with the
horizontal and P is below the horizontal level of C
35. Two equal masses each of mass M are joined (D) v 2 u , if CP is horizontal
by a massless rod of length L. Now an impulse MV Sol.
is given to the mass M making an angle of 30º
with the length of the rod. The angular velocity
of the rod just after imparting the impulse is
M M
30°
MV
v 2v
(A) (B)
L L
v
(C) (D) none of these
2L
Sol.
38. A yo-yo is resting on a perfectly rough hori-

zontal table. Forces F1, F2 and F3 are applied
36. Two particles of equal mass m at A and B are
connected by a rigid light rod AB lying on a smooth separately as shown.The F correct
F statement is
3 2
horizontal table. An impulse J is applied at A in the

plane of the table and perpendicular at AB. Then
the velocity of particle at A is :
J J 2J
(A) (B) (C) (D) zero
2m m m
Sol. F1
(A) when F3 is applied the centre of mass will

move to the right
(B) when F2 is applied the centre of mass will
move to the left
(C) when F1 is applied the centre of mass will
move to the right
(D) when F2 is applied the centre of mass will
move to the right
Sol. 40. A plank with a uniform sphere placed on it,

rests on a smooth horizontal plane. Plank is pulled
to right by a constant force F. If the sphere does
not slip over the plank.
(A) acceleration of centre of sphere is less than

that of the plank
(B) acceleration of centre of sphere is greater
than the plank because friction acts rightward
on the sphere
(C) acceleration of the centre of sphere may be
towards left
(D) acceleration of the centre of sphere relative
to plank may be greater than that of the plank
relative to floor
39. A disc of circumference s is at rest at a point Sol.
A on a horizontal surface when a constant hori-
zontal force begins to act on its centre. Between
A and B there is sufficient friction to prevent
slipping, and the surface is smooth to the right of
B. AB = s. The disc moves from A to B in time T.
To the right of B,
Force
A B
(A) the angular acceleration of the disc will dis-
appear, linear acceleration will remain unchanged 41. A hollow sphere of radius R and mass m is
fully filled with water of mass m. It is rolled down
(B) linear acceleration of the disc will increase
a horizontal plane such that its centre of mass
(C) the disc will make one rotation in time T/2
moves with a velocity v. If it purely rolls
(D) the disc will cover a distance greater than s
5 2
in further time T. (A) Kinetic energy of the sphere is mv
Sol. 6
4 2
(B) Kinetic energy of the sphere is mv
5
(C) Angular momentum of the sphere about a
8
fixed point on ground is mvR
3
(D) Angular momentum of the sphere about a
14
fixed point on ground is mvR
5
Sol.

44. Which of the following statements are cor-

42. In the figure shown, the plank is being pulled
to the right with a constant speed v. If the cylin- rect
der does not slip then : (A) friction acting on a cylinder without sliding on
an inclined surface is always upward along the
incline irrespective of any external force acting
R on it.
(B) friction acting on a cylinder without sliding on
v an inclined surface is may be upward may be
downwards depending on the external force act-
ing on it.
(A) the speed of the centre of mass of the cylin- (C) friction acting on a cylinder rolling without
der is 2v
sliding may be zero depending on the external
(B) the speed of the centre of mass of the cylin-
force acting on it.
der is zero (D) nothing can be said exactly about it as it
(C) the angular velocity of the cylinder is v/R depends on the friction coefficient on inclined
(D) the angular velocity of the cylinder is zero plane
Sol.
Sol.
Question No. 45 to 47 (3 Questions)

A cylinder and a ring of same mass M and radius
43. If a cylinder is rolling down the incline with
,
R are placed on the top of a rough inclined plane
sliding of inclination . Both are released simultaneously
(A) after some time it may start pure rolling
from the same height h.
(B) after sometime it will start pure rolling
(C) it may be possible that it will never start pure 45. Choose the correct statement(s) related to
rolling the motion of each body
(D) none of these (A) The friction force acting on each body
Sol. opposes the motion of its centre of mass
(B) The friction force provides the necessary torque
to rotate the body about its centre of mass
(C) without friction none of the two bodies can roll
(D) The friction force ensures that the point of
contact must remain stationary
Sol.
46. Identify the correct statement(s) Question No. 48 to 51 (4 Questions)

(A) The friction force acting on the cylinder may A ring of mass M and radius R sliding with a ve-
be more than that acting on the ring locity v0 suddenly enters into rough surface where
(B) The friction force acting on the ring may be the coefficient of friction is , as shown in figure.
more than that acting on the cylinder
(C) If the friction is sufficient to roll the cylinder v0
then the ring will also roll
(D) If the friction is sufficient to roll the ring then Rough ( )
the cylinder will also roll 48. Choose the correct statement(s)
Sol. (A) As the ring enters on the rough surface, the
limiting friction force acts on it
(B) The direction of friction is opposite to the
direction of motion
(C) The friction force accelerates the ring in the
clockwise sense about its centre of mass
(D) As the ring enters on the rough surface it
starts rolling
Sol.
47. When these bodies roll down to the foot of

the inclined plane, then
(A) the mechanical energy of each body is con-
served
(B) the velocity of centre of mass of the cylinder
gh 49. Choose the correct statement(s)
is 2
3 (A) The momentum of the ring is conserved
(C) the velocity of centre of mass of the ring is (B) The angular momentum of the ring is con-
gh served about its centre of mass
(D) the velocity of centre of mass of each body (C) The angular momentum of the ring conserved
about any point on the horizontal surface
is 2 gh (D) The mechanical energy of the ring is con-
Sol. served
Sol.

50. Choose the correct statement(s) 52. Consider a sphere of mass ‘m’ radius ‘R’ doing
(A) The ring starts its rolling motion when the pure rolling motion on a rough surface having
centre of mass stationary velocity v 0 as shown in the Figure. It makes an
(B) The ring starts rolling motion when the point
of contact becomes stationary elastic impact with the smooth wall and moves
(C) The time after which the ring starts rolling is back and starts pure rolling after some time again.
v0
2 g
v v0
(D) The rolling velocity is 0
2
Sol. O
(A) Change in angular momentum about ‘O’ in the
entire motion equals 2mv0 R in magnitude.
(B) Moment of impulse provided by wall during
impact about O equals 2mv0R in magnitude
3
(C) Final velocity of ball will be v0
7
3
(D) Final velocity of ball will be v0
7
Sol.
51. Choose the correct alternative(s)

(A) The linear distance moved by the centre of
3v 20
mass before the ring starts rolling is
8 g
3 53. A solid sphere, a hollow sphere and a disc, all
(B) The net work done by friction force is mv20 having same mass and radius, are placed at the
8
top of an incline and released. The friction
mv20 coefficients between the objects and the incline
(C) The loss is kinetic energy of the ring is
4 are same and not sufficient to allow pure rolling.
mv20 The smallest kinetic energy at the bottom of the
(D) The gain in rotational kinetic energy is
8 incline will be achieved by
Sol. (A) the solid sphere (B) the hollow sphere
(C) the disc
(D) all will achieve same kinetic energy.
Sol.
54. Fig. shows a smooth inclined plane fixed in a 56. A ladder of length L is slipping with its ends
car accelerating on a horizontal road. The angle against a vertical wall and a horizontal floor. At a
of incline is related to the acceleration a of the certain moment, the speed of the end in contact
car as a = g tan . If the sphere is set in pure with the horizontal floor is v and the ladder makes
rotation on the incline. an angle = 30º with the horizontal. Then the
speed of the ladder’s center must be
(A) 2v / 3 (B) v/2
a
(C) v (D) none
Sol.
(A) it will continue pure rolling

(B) it will slip down the plane
(C) its linear velocity will increase
(D) its linear velocity will decrease.
Sol.
57. In the previous question, if dv/dt = 0, then

the angular acceleration of the ladder when =
45º is
(A) 2v2/L2 (B) v2/2L2
(C) 2[ v2 / L2 ] (D) None
Sol.
55. A straight rod of length L is released on a
frictionless horizontal floor in a vertical position.
As it falls + slips, the distance of a point on the
rod from the lower end, which follows a quarter
circular locus is
(A) L/2 (B) L/4
(C) L/8 (D) None
Sol.
58. A time varying force F = 2t is applied on a

spool rolling as shown in figure. The angular
momentum of the spool at time t about bottom
most point is :
F=2t
r
r 2t 2 (R r ) 2 2
(A) (B) t
R r
(C) (R + r)t2 (D) data is insufficient

Sol. Sol.
59. A ball rolls down an inclined plane, figure.

The ball is first released from rest from P and
then later from Q. Which of the following
statement is/ are correct ?
Q
P
2h
61. In the figure shown a ring A is initially rolling
h
without sliding with a velocity v on the horizontal
O surface of the body B (of same mass as A). All
(i) The ball takes twice as much time to roll from surfaces are smooth. B has no initial velocity.
Q to O as it does to roll from P to O. What will be the maximum height reached by A
(ii) The acceleration of the ball at Q is twice as on B.
large as the acceleration at P.
(iii) The ball has twice as much K.E. at O when v
rolling from Q as it does when rolling from P. A
Smooth
(A) i, ii only (B) ii, iii only B
(C) i only (D) iii only
Sol.
3v 2 v2
(A) (B)
4g 4g
v2 v2
(C) (D)
2g 3g
Sol.
60. Starting from the rest, at the same time, a

ring, a coin and a solid ball of same mass roll
down an incline without slipping. The ratio of their
translational kinetic energies at the bottom will
be
(A) 1 : 1 : 1 (B) 10 : 5 : 4
(C) 21 : 28 : 30 (D) none
62. Inner and outer radii of a spool are r and R Sol.

respectively. A thread is wound over its inner
surface and placed over a rough horizontal
surface. Thread is pulled by a force F as shown
in fig. then in case of pure rolling
(A) Thread unwinds, spool rotates anticlockwise

and friction act leftwards
(B) Thread winds, spool rotates clockwise and
friction acts leftwards
(C) Thread winds, spool moves to the right anf
friction act rightwards
(D) Thread winds, spool moves to the right and
friction does not come into existence.
Sol.
64. A plank of mass M is placed over smooth

inclined plane and a sphere is also placed over
the plank. Friction is sufficient between sphere
and plank. If plank and sphere are released from
rest, the frictional force on sphere is :
(A) up the plane (B) down the plane

(C) horizontal (D) zero
Sol.
63. Portion AB of the wedge shown in figure is

rough and BC is smooth. A solid cylinder rolls
without slipping from A to B. The ratio of
translational kinetic energy to rotational kinetic
energy, when the cylinder reaches point C is :
D AB=BC C
(A) 3/4 (B) 5 (C) 7/5 (D) 8/3

65. A plank with a uniform sphere placed on it Sol.

rests on a smooth horizontal plane. Plank is pulled
to right by a constant force F. If sphere does not
slip over the plank. Which of the following is
incorrect.
(A) Acceleration of the centre of sphere is less

than that of the plank
(B) Work done by friction acting on the sphere is
equal to its total kinetic energy.
(C) Total kinetic energy of the system is equal to
work done by the force F
(D) None of the above
Sol.
67. A uniform sphere of radius R is placed on a

rough horizontal surface and given a linear velocity
v0 angular velocity 0 as shown. The sphere comes
to rest after moving some distance to the right.
It follows that :
v0
(A) v0 = 0R (B) 2v0 = 5 0R

(C) 5v0 = 2 0R (D) 2v0 = 0R
Sol.
66. A ring of mass m and radius R has three

particles attached to the ring as shown in the
figure. The centre of the ring has speed v0. The
kinetic energy of the system is (Slipping is absent)
m
2m m
(A) 6mv02 (B) 12 mv02

(C) 4 mv 02 (D) 8 mv02
Exercise - III (JEE ADVANCED)
(A) MOMENT OF INERTIA 3. Find the radius of gyration of a circular ring of

1. Find the moment of inertia of a uniform half- radius r about a line perpendicular to the plane of
disc about an axis perpendicular to the plane and this ring and tangent to the ring.
passing through its centre of mass. Mass of this
disc is M and radius is R.
Sol.
Sol.
4. Moment of inertial of a triangle plane of mass

2. Find the moment of inertia of a pair of solid
M shown in figure about vertical axis AB is :
spheres, each having a mass m and radius r, kept
in contact about the tangent passing through
the point of contact. A
Sol. l
45°
l m
B
Sol.

5. A uniform rod of mass m is bent into the form 7. Two forces F1 2i – 5 j – 6k and F2 – i 2 j – k
of a semicircle of radius R. The moment of inertia are acting on a body at the points (1, 1, 0) and
of the rod about an axis passing through A and (0, 1, 2). Find torque acting on the body about
perpendicular to the plane of the paper is point (–1, 0, 1).
A Sol.
R
Sol.
8. Assuming frictionless contacts, determine the

(B) TORQUE & PURE ROTATIONAL magnitude of external horizontal force P applied
MOTION at the lower end for equilibrium of the rod. The
6. A simple pendulum of length is pulled aside to rod is uniform and its mass is 'm'.
made an angle with the vertical. Find the
magnitude of the torque of the weight w of the Wall
bob about the point of suspension. When is the
torque zero ?
Sol.
P
Sol.
9. A rod of mass m and length L, lying horizontally, 11. Figure shows two blocks of mass m and m
is free to rotate about a vertical axis through its connected by a string passing over a pulley. The
centre. A horizontal force of constant magnitude horizontal table over which the mass m slides is
F acts on the rod at a distance of L/4 from the smooth. The pulley (uniform disc) has mass m
centre. The force is always perpendicular to the and it can freely rotate about this axis. Find the
rod. Find the angle rotated by the rod during the acceleration of the mass m assuming that the
time t after the motion starts. string does not slip on the pulley.
Sol.
m
m
Sol.
10. The uniform rod AB of mass m is released

from rest when = 60°. Assuming that the friction
force between end A and the surface is large
enough to prevent sliding, determine (for the
instant just after release) 12. A solid cylinder of mass M = 1kg & radius R =
0.5m is pivoted at its centre & has three particles
B of mass m = 0.1 kg mounted at its perimeter as
L shown in the figure. The system is originally at
rest. Find the angular speed of the cylinder, when
it has swung through 90° in anticlockwise
A direction.
(a) The angular acceleration of the rod

(b) The normal reaction and the friction force at A.
(c) The minimum value of , compatible with the
described motion.
Sol.
Sol.

13. A cube is in limiting equilibrium on an inclined 15. An inverted “V” is made up of two uniform
plane forming an angle of 30° with the horizontal. boards each weighing 200 N. Each side has the
The line of action of the normal reaction of the same length and makes an angle 30° with the
plane on the cube is vertical as shown in figure. The magnitude of the
Sol. static frictional force that acts on each of the
lower end of the V is
P
30°30°
l
Sol.
14. A body weighs 6 gms when placed in one pan 16. A uniform sphere of weight W and radius 5
and 24 gms when placed on the other pan of a cm is being held by a string as shown in the
false balance. If the beam is horizontal when both
figure. The wall is smooth. The tension in the
the pans are ampty, the true weight of the body string will be
is :
Sol.
8cm
Sol.
17. A light string is wrapped around a cylinder of 20. A rectangular plate of mass 20 kg is suspended
mass ‘m and radius ‘R’. The string is pulled vertically from points A and B as shown. If pin B is removed
upward to prevent the centre of mass from falling determine the initial angular acceleration (in rad/
as the cylinder unwinds the string. Then length s2) of plate. (g = 10m/s2)
of the string unwound when the cylinder has
reached a speed will be : A B
Sol.
0.15m
0.2m
Sol.
18. The moment of inertia of the pulley system

as shown in the figure is 4 kgm2. The radii of
bigger and smaller pulleys 2m and 1m respectively.
The angular acceleration of the pulley system is
1m
2m
4kg
5kg
Sol.
21. A solid homogeneous cylinder of height h and
base radius r is kept vertically on a conveyer belt
moving horizontally with an increasing velocity
v = a + bt2. If the cylinder is not allowed to slip
find the time when the cylinder is about to topple.
Sol.
19. The two small spheres each have a mass of 3

kg and are attached to the rod of negligible mass.
A torque M = 8t Nm, where t is in seconds is
applied to the rod. Find the value of time when
each sphere attains a speed of 3 m/s starting
from rest.
3kg 3kg
1m 1m
M
Sol.

22. A square frame made up of a wire of mass m

& length l is held in horizontal plane. It is free to
rotate about AD. If the frame is released, the
work done by gravity during the time frame
rotates through an angle of 90° is equal to
P
D
C
24. In the figure A & B are two blocks of mass 4
kg & 2 kg respectively attached to the two ends
B of a light string passing over a disc C of mass 40
Sol.
kg and radius 0.1m. The disc is free to rotate
about a fixed horizontal axes, coinciding with its
own axis. The system is released from rest and
the string does not slip over the disc. Find :
B
(i) the linear acceleration of mass B.
(ii) the number of revolutions made by the disc
at the end of 10 sec. from the start.
(iii) the tension in the string segment supporting
the block A.
Sol.
23. Three equal masses m are rigidly connected

to each other by massless rods of length l forming
an equilateral triangle, as shown above. The
assembly is to be given an angular velocity
about an axis perpendicular to the triangle. For
fixed , the ratio of the kinetic energy of the
assembly for an axis through B compared with
that for an axis through A is equal to
m
l l
A
Bm l m
Sol.
25. A mass m is attached to a pulley through a 27. A particle having mass 2 kg is moving with
cord as shown in the fig. The pulley is a solid disk
velcoity ( 2 i 3 j )m / s . Find angular momentum of
with radius R. The cord does not slip on the disk.
The mass is released from rest at a height h from the particle about origin when it is at (1, 1, 0).
Sol.
the ground and at the instant the mass reaches
the ground, the disk is rotating with angular
velocity . Find the mass of the disk.
R
m
h
Sol.
28. A uniform square plate of mass 2.0 kg and

edge 10 cm rotates about one of its diagonals
under the action of a constant torque of 0.10
N.m. Calculate the angular momentum and the
kinetic energy of the plate at the end of the fifth
second after the start.
(C) ANGULAR MOMENTUM Sol.
26. A particle having mass 2 kg is moving along
straight line 3x+ 4 y = 5 with speed 8m/s. Find
angular momentum of the particle about origin, x
and y are in meters.
Sol.

31. Two identical disks are positioned on a vertical

axis. The bottom disk is rotating at angular
velocity 0 and has rotational kinetic energy KE0.
The top disk is initially at rest. It is allowed to
fall, and sticks to the bottom disk. What is the
rotational kinetic energy of the system after the
collision?
29. A wheel of moment of inertia 0.500 kg-m2
and radius 20.0 cm is rotating about its axis at
an angular speed of 20.0 rad/s. It picks up a
stationary particle of mass 200 g at its edge.
Find new angular speed of the wheel.
0
Sol. Sol.
30. A uniform circular disc can rotate freely about 32. A uniform ring is rotating about vertical axis
a rigid vertical axis through its centre O. A man with angular velocity initially. A point insect (S)
stands at rest at A on the edge due east of O. having the same mass as that of the ring starts
The mass of the disc is 22 times the mass of the walking from the lowest point P1 and finally
man. The man starts walking anticlockwise. When reaches the point P2 (as shown in figure). The
he reaches the point A after completing one final angular velocity of the ring will be equal to
rotation relative to the disc he will be :
axis of
Sol. rotation
O P2
90°
P1 S
Sol.
33. A particle of mass 10 kg is moving with a 35. A cylinder rolls on a horizontal plane surface.
uniform speed of 6m/sec. in x-y plane along the If the speed of the centre is 25 m/s, what is the
line 3y = 4x+ 10 the magnitude of its angular speed of the highest point ?
Sol.
momentum about the origin in kg –m2/s is
Sol.
36. A small spherical ball is released from a point

(D) COMBINED TRANSLATIONAL + at a height h on a rough track shown in figure.
Assuming that it does not slip anywhere, find its
ROTATIONAL MOTION linear speed when it rolls on the horizontal part
34. A sphere of mass m rolls on a plane surface. of the track.
Find its kinetic energy at an instant when its
centre moves with speed v.
Sol.
h
Sol.

39. Two small spheres A & B respectively of mass

m & 2m are connected by a rigid rod of length &
negligible mass. The two spheres are resting on a
horizontal, frictionless surface. When A is suddenly
given the velocity v0 as shown. Find velocities of
A & B after the rod has rotated through 180°.
A v0
37. A sphere starts rolling down an incline of
inclination . Find the speed of its centre when it
has covered a distance .
Sol.
B
Sol.
38. A solid uniform sphere of mass m is released 40. A uniform rod of mass m and length is struck
from rest from the rim of a hemispherical cup so at an end by a force F perpendicular to the rod
that it rolls without sliding along the surface. If for a short time interval t. Calculate
the rim of the hemisphere is kept horizotnal, find (a) the speed of the centre of mass,
the normal force exerted by the cup on the ball (b) the angular speed of the rod about the centre
when the ball reaches the bottom of the cup. of mass,
Sol. (c) the kinetic energy of the rod and
(d) the angular momentum of the rod about the
centre of mass after the force has stopped to
act. Assume that t is so small that the rod does
not appreciably change its direction while the force
acts.
Sol.
42. The cylinder shown, with mass M and radius

R, has a radially dependent density. The
cylinder starts from rest and rolls without
slipping down an inclined plane of height H. At
the bottom of the plane of height H. At the
bottom of the plane its translational speed is
(8gH/7)1/2. Which of the following is the
rotational inertia of the cylinder?
R
M
Sol.
41. A hollow cylinder with inner radius R, outer
radius 2R mass M is rolling with speed of its axis v.
Its kinetic energy is
Sol.

1. A thin uniform rod of mass M and length L is

hinged at its upper end, and released from rest in
a horizontal position. The tension at a point
located at a distance L/3 from the hinge point,
R/2
when the rod becomes vertical, will be
2. A rigid horizontal smooth rod AB of mass 0.75 7. A slightly loosely fit window is balanced by
kg and length 40 cm can rotate freely about a two strings which are connected to weights w/2
fixed vertical axis through its mid point O. Two each. The strings pass over the frictionless pulleys
rings each of mass 1 kg are initially at rest a as shown in the figure. The strings are tied almost
distance of 10 cm from O on either side of the at the corner of the window. The string on the
rod. The rod is set in rotation with an angular right is cut and then the window accelerates
velocity of 30 radians per second. The velocity downwards. If the coefficients of friction between
of each ring along the length of the rod in m/s the window and the side supports is then
then they reach the ends of the rod is calculate the acceleration of the window in terms
of , a, b and g, where a is width and b is the
length of the window.
C D
A B
O
w/2 w/2
3. A straight rod AB of mass M and length L is w b
placed on a frictionless horizontal surface. A
horizontal force having constant magnitude F and a
a fixed direction starts acting at the end A. The
fixed window support
rod is initially perpendicular to the force. The initial
acceleration of end B is 8. A uniform wood door has mass m, height h,
and width w. It is hanging from two hinges
4. A wheel is made to roll without slipping, towards attached to one side; the hinges are located h/3
right, by pulling a string wrapped around a coaxial and 2h/3 from the bottom of the door. Suppose
spool as shown in figure. With what velocity the that m = 20.0 kg, h = 2.20 m, and w = 1.00 m
string should be pulled so that the centre of the and the bottom smooth hinge is not screwed into
wheel moves with a velocity of 3 m/s? the door frame. Find the forces acting on the
door.
0.3m C W
0.1m
B String
com
A Hinges h
5. A solid uniform disk of mass m rolls without

slipping down a fixed inclined plane with an
acceleration a. The frictional force on the disk 9. A hole of radius R/2 is cut from a solid sphere
due to surface of the plane is : of radius R. If the mass of the remaining plate is
M, then moment of inertia of the body about an
6. A carpet of mass ‘M’ made of inextensible axis through O perpendicular to plan e is
material is rolled along its length in the form of a _________.
cylinder of radius ‘R’ and is kept on a rough floor.
The carpet starts unrolling without sliding on the
floor when a negligibly small push is given to it. R
The horizontal velocity of the axis of the cylindrical
O R/2
part of the carpet when its radius reduces to R/2
will be :
10. A uniform beam of length L and mass m is 14. A spool of inner radius R and outer radius 3R
supported as shown. If the cable suddenly breaks, has a moment of inertia = MR2 about an axis
determine ; passing through its geometric centre, where M is
the mass of the spool. A thread woudn on the
(1/4)L
inner surface of the spool is pulled horizontally
with a constant force = Mg. Find the acceleration
of the point on the thread which is being pulled
A B assuming that the spool rolls purely on the floor.
L
(a) the acceleration of end B.

(b) the reaction at the pin support.
11. A thin rod AB of length a has variable mass

x 15. A sphere of mass m and radius r is pushed
per unit length 0 1 where x is the distance onto the fixed horizontal surface such that it rolls
a
without slipping from the beginning. Determine
measured from A and 0 is a constant. the minimum speed v of its mass centre at the
(a) Find the mass M of the rod.
bottom so that it rolls completely around the loop
(b) Find the position of centre of mass of the
of radius (R + r) without leaving the track in
rod. between.
(c) Find moment of inertia of the rod about an
axis passing through A and perpendicular to AB.
Rod is freely pivoted at A and is hanging in (R+r)
equilibrium when it is struck by a horizontal impulse Sphere
of magnitude P at the point B. r V
(d) Find the angular velocity with which the rod
begins to rotate.
(e) Find minimum value of impulse P if B passes 16. Two uniform cylinders, each of mass m = 10
through a point vertically above A. kg and radius r = 150 mm, are connected by a
rough belt as shown. If the system is released
12. Two separate cylinders of masses m (= 1kg) from rest, determine
and 4m and radii R(=10cm) and 2R rotating in
r
clockwise direction with 1 = 100 rad/sec and 2
= 200 rad/sec. Now they are held in contact with
each other as in fig. Determine their angular
velocities after the slipping between the cylinders
stops.
r
(a) the velocity of the centre of cylinder A after
13. A circular disc of mass 300 gm and radius 20 it has moved through 1.2 m &
cm can rotate freely about a vertical axis passing (b) the tension in th e portion of the b elt
through its centre of O. A small insect of mass connecting the two cylinders.
100 gm is initially at a point A on the disc (which
is initially stationary) the insect starts walking 17. A uniform rod of mass m and length l is resting
from rest along the rim of the disc with such a on a smooth horizontal surface. A particle of mass
time varying relative velocity that the disc rotates m/2 travelling with a speed v0 hits the rod normally
in the opposite direction with a constant angular and elastically. Find final velocity of particle and
acceleration = 2 rad/s2. After some time T, the the angular velocity of the rod.
insect is back at the point A. By what angle has l/4 C
the disc rotated till now ; as seen by a stationary Rod
earth observer ? Also find the time T. (m, l)
v0
m/2
Top view

18. One side of a spring of initial, unstretched

length l0 = 1m, lying on a frictionless table, is
fixed, the other one is fastened to a small puck of
mass m = 0.1kg. The puck is given velocity in a
direction perpendicular to the spring, at an initial
speed v0 = 11 m/s. In the course of the motion,
the maximum elongation of the spring is l = l0/10.
What is the force constant of the spring (in SI
units) ?
v0
m
l0
19. A block X of mass 0.5 kg is held by a long

massless string on a frictionless inclined plane of
inclination 30º to the horizontal. The string is
wound on a uniform solid cylindrical drum Y of
mass 2kg and of radius 0.2 m as shown in the
figure. The drum is given an initial angular velocity
such that the block X starts moving up the plane.
Y
X
(i) Find the tension in the string during the motion

(ii) At a certain instant of time the magnitude of
the angular velocity of Y is 10 rad/sec. Calculate
the distance travelled by X from that instant of
time until it comes to rest.
Exercise - IV PREVIOUS YEAR QUESTIONS
LEVEL - I JEE MAIN

1. A solid sphere, a hollow sphere and a ring are 3. A particle of mass m moves along line PC with
released from top of an inclined plane (frictionless) veloc ity v as shown . What is th e angular
so that they slide down the plane. Then maximum momentum of the particle about O ?
acceleration down the plane is for (no rolling) [AIEEE 2002]
[AIEEE 2002]
(A) solid sphere (B) hollow sphere
(C) ring (D) All same C
Sol.
L
P r
l
O
(A) mvL (B) mvl (C) mvr (D) zero
Sol.
2. Moment of inertia of a circular wire of mass M

and radius R about its diameter is [AIEEE 2002]
4. Initial angular velocity of a circular disc of
MR 2 MR2 mass M is 1. Then two small spheres of mass m
(A) (B) MR2 (C) 2MR2 (D) are attached gently to two diametrically opposite
2 4
points on the edge of the disc. What is the final
Sol.
angular velocity of the disc ? [AIEEE 2002]
M m mM
(A) 1 (B) 1
M m
M M
(C) 1 (D) 1
M 4m M 2m
Sol.

Sol.
5. Let
F be the force acting on a particle having
position vector
r and be the torque of this
force about the origin. Then [AIEEE 2003]
(A) r . 0 and F. 0
(B) r . 0 and F. 0
(C) r . 0 and F. 0
(D) r . 8. A solid sphere is rotating in free space. If the

0 and F. 0 radius of the sphere is increased keeping mass
Sol. same, which one of the following will not be
affected ? [AIEEE 2004]
(A) Moment of inertia
(B) Angular momentum
(C) Angular velocity
(D) Rotational kinetic energy
Sol.
6. A particle performing uniform circular motion

has angular momentum L. If its angular frequency
is doubled and its kinetic energy halved, then the 9. One solid sphere A and another hollow sphere
new angular momentum is [AIEEE 2003] B are of same mass and same outer radii. Their
moment of inertia about their diameters are
L
(A) (B) 2L (C) 4L (D) L/2 respectively IA and IB such that [AIEEE 2004]
4
Sol.
(A) IA IB (B) IA IB
IA dA
(C) IA IB (D)
IB dB
Where d A and dB are their densities.
Sol.
7. A circular disc X of radius R is made from an

iron plate of thickness t, and another disc y of
radius 4R is made from an iron plate of thickness
t/4. Then the relation between the moment of
inertia Ix and IY is [AIEEE 2003]
(A) IY 32I x (B) IY 16 I X
(C) IY IX (D) IY 64 I X
10. A T shaped object with dimensions shown in 12. An angular ring with inner and outer radii R1
and R 2 is rolling without slipping with a uniform
the figure, is lying on a smooth floor. A force F
angular speed. The ratio of the forces experienced
is applied at the point P parallel to AB, such that by the two particles situated on the inner and
the object has only the translational motion
F1
without rotation. Find the location of P with
outer parts of the ring,
respect to C. [AIEEE 2005] F2 is [AIEEE 2005]
l 2
A B R2 R1 R1
(A) (B) (C) 1 (D)
R1 R2 R2
Sol.
P
F 2l
C
2 3 4
(A) l (B) l (C) l (D) l
3 2 3
Sol.
13. A thin circular ring of mass m and radius R is

rotating about its axis with a constant angular
velocity . Two objects each of mass M are
attached gently to the opposite ends of a diameter
of the ring. The ring now rotates with an angular
velocity ' = [AIEEE 2006]
( m 2M ) (m 2 M )
(A) (B)
m (m 2M )
m m
(C) (D)
11. The moment of inertia of uniform semicircular (m M ) ( m 2M )
dis c of mass M and rad ius r about a line Sol.
perpendicular to the plane of the disc through
the centre is [AIEEE 2005]
1 2 1
(A) Mr 2 (B) Mr 2 (C) Mr 2 (D) Mr 2
4 5 2
Sol.
14. Four point masses, each of value m, are placed

at the corners of a square ABCD of side l. The
moment of inertia of this system about an axis
passing through A and parallel to BD is
[AIEEE 2006]
(A) 2ml 2 (B) 3ml 2 (C) 3ml 2 (D) ml 2

Sol. 17.For the given uniform square lamina ABCD,

whose centre is O [AIEEE 2007]
F C
D
A E B
(A) 2I AC I EF (B) I AD 3I EF
15. Angular momentum of the particle rotating with
a central force is constant due to [AIEEE 2007] I AD 4I EF
(C) (D) I AD 2I EF
(A) constant force
(B) constant linear momentum Sol.
(C) zero torque
(D) constant torque
Sol.
18. Consider a uniform square plate of side a and

mass m. The moment of inertia of this plate about
16. A round uniform body of radius R, mass M and an axis perpendicular to its plane and passing
moment of inertia I, rolls down (without slipping) through one of its corners is [AIEEE 2008]
an inclined plane making an angle with the 5 1 7 2
horizontal. Then its acceleration is [AIEEE 2007] (A) ma 2 (B) ma 2 (C) ma 2 (D) ma 2
6 12 12 3
g sin g sin Sol.
(A) (B)
1 I / MR 2 1 MR2 / I
g sin g sin
(C) (D)
1 I / MR 2 1 MR2 / I
Sol.
19. A thin uniform rod of length l and mass m is 21. A thin horizontal circular disc is rotating about
swinging freely about a horizontal axis passing a vertical axis passing through its centre. An insect
through its end. Its maximum angular speed is . is at rest at a point near the rim of the disc. The
Its centre of mass rises to maximum height of insect now moves along a diameter of the disc to
[AIEEE 2009] reach its other end. During the journey of the
insect, the angular speed of the disc.
1 l2 2 1l [AIEEE 2011]
(A) (B) (A) continuously decreases
3 g 6 g
(B) continuously increases
1 l2 2 1 l2 2 (C) first increases and then decreases
(C) (D) (D) remains unchanged
2 g 6 g
Sol.
Sol.
22. A hoop of radius r and mass m rotating with

an angular velocit y 0 is placed on a rough
horizontal surface. The initial velocity of the
centre of the hoop is zero. What will be the
velocity of the centre of the hoop when it cases
to slip ? [JEE Mains 2013]
20. A pulley of radius 2 m is rotated about its axis
by a force F = (20t – 5t2) N (where t is measured r 0 r 0 r 0
(1) (2) r 0
(3) (4)
in seconds) applied tangentially. It the moment 2 4 3
of inertia of the pulley about its axis of rotation is Sol.
10 kg-m2 the number of rotations made by the
pulley before its direction of motion if reserved,
is [AIEEE 2011]
(A) more than 3 but less than 6
(B) more than 6 but less than 9
(C) more than 9
(D) less than 3
Sol.

LEVEL - II JEE ADVANCED

1. Three particles A, B and C, each of mass m, 2. A particle is moving in a horizontal uniform
are connected to each other by three massless circular motion. The angular momentum of the
rigid rods to form a rigid, equilateral triangular particle is conserved about the point :
body of side l. This body is placed on a horizontal [JEE’(Scr) 2003]
frictionless table (x-y plane) and is hinged to it (A) Centre of the circle (B) Outside the circle
at the point A so that it can move without friction (C) Inside the circle
about the vertical axis through A (see figure). (D) Point on circumference
Sol.
The body is set into rotational motion on the
table about A with a constant angular velocity .
y
A
x
F
B l C
[JEE’(Scr) 2002]
(a) Find the magnitude of the horizontal force
exerted by the hinge on the body
(b) At time T, when the side BC is parallel to the
x-axis, a force F is applied on B along BC (as
shown). Obtain the x-component and the y-
component of the force exterted by the hinge on
the body, immediately after time T.
Sol.
3. Two particles each of mass M are connected

by a massless rod of length l. The rod is lying on
the smooth surface. If one of the particle is
given an impulse MV as shown in the figure then
angular velocity of the rod would be
Mv M
(A) v/l (B) 2v/l
(C) v/2 l (D) none

[JEE’(Scr) 2003]
Sol. 5. A child is standing with folded hands at the

centre of a platform rotating about its central
axis. The kinetic energy of the system is K. The
child now stretches his arms so that the moment
of inertia of the system doubles. The kinetic
energy of the system now is
[JEE’(Scr) 2004]
(A) 2K (B) K/2
(C) K/4 (D) 4K
Sol.
4. A disc is rolling (without slipping) on a horizontal

surface. C is its center and Q and P are two
points equidistant from C. Let Vp, VQ and VC be
the magnitude of velocities of points P, Q and C
respectively, then
Q
C
P
6. A block of mass m is held fixed against a wall
by a applying a hor izontal force F. Which of the
(A) VQ > VC > VP (B) VQ < VC < VP following option is incorrect :
1
(C) VQ = Vp, VC VP (D) VQ < VC > VP F
2
2a
[JEE’(Scr) 2004] a
Sol.
2a
(A) friction force = mg
(B) F will not produce torque
(C) normal will not produce torque
(D) normal reaction = F
[JEE’(Scr) 2005]
Sol.

7. A disc has mass 9m. A hole of radius R/3 is cut Sol.

from it as shown in the figure. The moment of inertia
of remaining part about an axis passing through
the centre ‘O’ of the disc and perpendicular to the
plane of the disc is :
R/3
2R/3
O
R
(A) 8 mR2 (B) 4 mR2

40 37
(C) mR2 (D) mR2
9 9
[JEE’(Scr) 2005]
Sol.
9. A wooden log of mass M and length L is hinged

by a frictionless nail at O. A bullet of mass m
strikes with velocity v and sticks to it. Find angular
velocity of the system immediately after the
collision about O.
O
L
M
m
v
[JEE’ 2005]
Sol.
8. A particle moves in circular path with decreasing

speed. Which of the following is correct
(A) L is constant
(B) only direction of L is constant
(C) acceleration a is towards the centre
(D) it will move in a spiral and finally reach the
centre
[JEE’(Scr) 2005]
10. A cylinder of mass m and radius R rolls down Sol.

an inclined plane of inclination . Calculate the
linear acceleration of the axis of cylinder.
[JEE’ 2005]
Sol.
12. A solid sphere of mass M, radius R and having

moment of inertia about an axis passing through
the centre of mass as I, is recast into a disc of
thickness t, whose moment of inertia about an
axis passing through its edge and perpendicular
to its plane remains I. Then, radius of the disc
will be [JEE’ 2006]
(A) 2R / 15 (B) R 2 / 15
(C) 4R / 15 (D) R/4

Sol.
11. Two identical ladders, each of mass M and

length L are resting on the rough horizontal surface
as shown in the figure. A block of mass m hangs
from P. If the system is in equilibrium, find the
magnitude and the direction of frictional force at
A and B. [JEE’ 2005]
P
L m
A B

13. A solid cylinder of mass m and radius r is Sol.

rolling on a rough inclined plane of inclination .
The coefficient of friction between the cylinder
and incline is . Then [JEE’ 2006]
(A) frictional force is always mg cos
(B) friction is a dissipative force
(C) by decreasing , frictional force decreases
(D) friction opposes translation and supports
rotation
Sol.
15. There is a rectangular plate of mass M kg of

dimensions (a × b). The plate is held in horizontal
position by striking n small balls each of mass m
per unit area per unit time. These are striking in
the shaded half region of the plate. The balls are
colliding elastically with velocity v. What is v ?
[JEE’ 2006]
b
It is given n = 100, M = 3 kg, m = 0.01 kg; b = 2

m, a = 1m; g = 10 m/s2.
Sol.
14. A ball moves over a fixed track as shown in

the figure. From A to B the ball rolls without
slipping. Surface BC is frictionless. KA, KB and KC
are kinetic energies of the ball at A, B and C,
respe0ctively. Then [JEE’ 2006]
A C
hA hC
B
(A) hA > hC ; KB > K C (B) hA > hC ; K C > KA

(C) hA = h C ; KB = K C (D) hA < hC ; KB > KC
Paragraph Q.16 to Q.18 (3 questions) Sol.

Two discs A and B are mounted coaxially on a
vertical axle. The discs have moments of inertia I
and 2I respectively about the common axis. Disc
A is imparted an initial angular velocity 2 using
the entire potential energy of a spring compressed
by a distance x 1. Disc B is imparted an angular
velocity by a spring having the same spring
constant and compressed by a distance x 2. Both
the discs rotate in the clockwise direction.
16. The ratio x 1/x2 is [JEE’ 2007]
(A) 2 (B) 1/2
(C) 2 (D) 1/ 2
Sol.
18. The loss of kinetic energy during the above

process is [JEE’ 2007]
(A) I 2 /2 (B) I 2 /3
(C) I 2 /4 (D) I 2 /6
Sol.
17. When disc B is brought in contact with disc

A, they acquire a common angular velocity in time
t. The average frictional torque on one disc by
the other during this period is [JEE’ 2007]
(A) 2I /(3t) (B) 9I /(2t)
(C) 9I /(4t) (D) 3I /(2t)

19. A small object of uniform density rolls up a Sol.

curved surface with an initial velocity v. It reaches
up to a maximum height of 3v2 / (4g) with respect
to the initial position. The object is [JEE’ 2007]
(A) ring (B) solid sphere

(C) hollow sphere (D) disc
Sol.
21. STATEMENT-1
Two cylinders, one hollow (metal) and the other
solid (wood) with the same mass and identical
dimensions are simultaneously allowed to roll with-
out slipping down an inclined plane from the same
20. STATEMENT-1 If there is no external torque height. The hollow cylinder will reach the bottom
on a body about its center of mass, then the of the inclined plane first.
velocity of the center of mass remains constant STATEMENT-2
because By the principle of conservation of energy, the
STATEMENT-2 total kinetic energies of both the cylinders are
The linear momentum of an isolated system identical when they reach the bottom of the in-
remains constant. cline.
(A) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is True; (A) STATEMENT-1 is True, STATEMENT-2 is True;
Statement-2 is a correct explanation for STATEMENT-2 is a correct explanation for STATE-
Statement-1 MENT-1
(B) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is True; (B) STATEMENT-1 is True, STATEMENT-2 is True;
Statement-2 is NOT a correct explanation for STATEMENT-2 is NOT a correct explanation for
Statement-1 STATEMENT-1
(C) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is False (C) STATEMENT-1 is True, STATEMENT-2 is False
(D) Statement-1 is False, Statement-2 is True (D) STATEMENT-1 is False, STATEMENT-2 is True
[JEE 2007] [JEE-2008]
Sol. 23. A sphere is rolling without slipping on a fixed

horizontal plane surface. In the figure A is the
point of contact, B is the centre of the sphere
and C is its topmost point Then, [JEE 2009]
C
(A) VC – VA 2( VB – VC )
(B) VC – VB VB – VA
(C) | VC – VA | 2| VB – VC |
(D) | VC – VA | 4| VB |
Sol.
22. If the resultant of all the external forces acting

on a system of particles is zero, then from an
inertial frame, one can surely say that
[JEE 2009]
(A) linear momentum of the system does not
change in time
(B) kinetic energy of the system does not change
in time
(C) angular momentum of the system does not
change in time
(D) potential energy of the system does not
change in time
Sol.

24. A boy is pushing a ring of mass 2 kg and 25. A thin uniform rod, pivoted at O is rotating in
radius 0.5 m with a stick as shown in the figure. the horizontal plane with constant angular speed
, as shown in the figure. At time t = 0, small
The stick applies a force of 2 N on the ring and
insect starts from O and moves with constant
rolls it without slipping with an acceleration of speed with respect to the rod towards the other
0.3 m/s2. The coefficient of friction between the end. it reaches the end of the rod at t = T and
ground and ring is large enough that rolling always stops. The angular speed of the system remains
occurs and the coefficient of friction between
throughout. The magnitude of the torque on
the stick and the ring is (P/10). The value of P
the system about O, as a function of time is best
is?
stick
represented by which plot?
[JEE 2011] Z
O
Ground
Sol.
(A) (B)
0 t 0 t
T T
(C) (D)
0 t 0 t
T T
[JEE 2012]
Sol.
26. A small mass m is attached to a massless 27. A lamina is made by removing a small disc of
string whose other end is fixed at P as shown in diameter 2R from a bigger disc of uniform mass
the figure. The mass is undergoing circular motion density and radius 2R, as shown in the figure.
in the x-y plane with centre at O and constant The moment of inertia of this lamina about axes
angular speed .If the angular momentum of the passing through O and P is Io and IP, respec-
system, calculated about O and P are denoted tively. Both these axes are perpendicular to the
by L0 and LP respectively, then. IP
plane of the lamina. The ratio to the nearest
z Io
integer is
P
m
O
(A) L0 and LP do not vary with time

(B) L 0 varies with time while LP remains constant
(C) L 0 remains constant while LP varies with time [JEE 2012]
Sol.
(D) L0 and LP both vary with time.
[JEE 2012]
Sol.

28. Consider a disc rotating in the horizontal plane Paragraph for Question Nos. 29 to 30
with a constant angular speed about its centre The general motion of a rigid body can be
O. The disc has a shaded region on one side of considered to be a combination of (i) a motion of
the diameter and an unshaded region on the other its centre of mass about an axis, and (ii) its motion
side as shown in the figure. When the disc is in about an instantaneous axis passing through the
the orientation as shown, two pebbles P and Q centre of mass . These axes need not be
are simultaneously projected at an angle towards stationary. Consider, for example, a thin uniform
R. The velocity of projection is in the y-z plane disc welded (rigidly fixed) horizontally at its rim
and is same for both pebbles with respect to the to a massless stick, as shown in the figure. When
the disc-stick system is rotated about the origin
disc. Assume that (i) they land back on the disc
on a horizontal frictionless plane with angular
before the disc has completed 1/8 rotation, (ii)
speed , the motion at any instant can be taken
their range is less than half the disc radius, and as a combination of (i) a rotation of the centre of
(iii) remains constant throughout. Then mass of the disc about the z-axis, and (ii) a
rotation of the disc through an instantaneous
y R
vertical axis passing through its centre of mass
(as is seen from the changed orientation of points
x Q P and Q). Both these motions have the same
O angular speed in this case.
P
(A) P lands in the shaded region and Q in the
unshaded region
(B) P lands in the unshaded region and Q in the
shaded region
(C) Both P and Q land in the unshaded region Now consider two similar systems as shown in
(D) Both P and Q land in the shaded region the figure: Case (a) the disc with its face vertical
[JEE 2012] and parallel to x-z plane; case (b) the disc with
Sol. its face making an angle of 45o with x-y plane
and its horizontal diameter parallel to x-axis. In
both the cases, the disc is welded at point P, and
the systems are rotated with constant angular
speed about the z-axis.
Case (a) Case (b)
29. Which of the following statements about the

instantaneous axis (passing through the centre
of mass) is correct ?
(A) It is vertical for both the cases (a) and (b).
(B) It is vertical for case (a); and is at 45o to the
x-z plane and lies in the plane of the disc for
case (b).
(C) It is horizontal for case (a); and is at 45o to
the x-z plane and is normal to the plane of the
disc for case (b).
(D) It is vertical for case (a); and is at 45o to the
x-z plane and is normal to the plane of the disc
for case (b).
[JEE 2012]
Sol. Sol.
31. The figure shows a system consisting of (i) a

ring of outer radius 3R rolling clockwise without
slipping on a horizontal surface with angular speed
and (ii) an inner disc of radius 2R rotating anti-
clockwise with angular speed 2. The ring and
disc are separated by frictionless ball bearings.
The system is in the x-z plane. The point P on
the inner disc is at a distance R from the origin,
where OP makes an angle of 30 o with the
horizontal. Then with respect to the horizontal
surface.
(A) the point O has a linear velocity 3R î

(B) th e poin t P has a li near v el oc it y
11 ˆ 3 ˆ
30. Which of the following statements regarding R i R k
4 4
the angular speed about the instantaneous axis
(C) the poin t P has a li near v el oc it y
(passing through the centre of mass) is correct
(A) It is 2 for both the cases. 13 3
R î R k̂
4 4
(B) It is for case (a); and for case (b). (D) th e poin t P has a li near v el oc it y
2
3 1
(C) It is for case (a); and 2 for case (b). 3 R î R k̂
4 4
(D) It is for both the cases.
[JEE 2012] [JEE 2012]

Sol. 33. A uniform circular disc of mass 50 kg and

radius 0.4 m is rotating with an angular velocity
of 10 rad s-1 about its own axis, which is vertical.
Two uniform circular rings, each of mass 6.25 kg
and radius 0.2 m, are gently placed symmetrically
on the disc in such a manner that they are
touching each other along the axis of the disc
and are horizontal. Assume that the friction is
large enough such that the rings are at rest
relative to the disc and the system rotates about
the original axis. The new angular velocity (in rad
s-1) of the system is : [JEE 2013]
Sol.
32. Two solid cylinders P and Q of same mass and

same radius start rolling down a fixed inclined
plane from the same height at the same time.
Cylinder P has most of its mass concentrated
near its surface, while Q has most of its mass
concentrated near the axis. Which statement(s)
is(are) correct?
(A) Both cylinders P and Q reach the ground at
the same time.
(B) Cylinder P has larger linear acceleration than
cylinder Q.
(C) Both cylinders reach the ground with same
translational kinetic energy.
(D) Cylinder Q reaches the ground with larger
angular speed.
[JEE 2012]
Sol.
ANSWER KEY
Exercise - I OBJECTIVE PROBLEMS (JEE MAIN)
1. D 2. B 3. A 4. D 5. A 6. B
7. A 8. C 9. A 10. C 11. D 12. B
13. D 14. B 15. C 16. D 17. B 18. B
19. A 20. D 21. D 22. D 23. A 24. D
25. A 26. D 27. B 28. C 29. A 30. B
31. B 32. A 33. C 34. C 35. D 36. C
37. B 38. B 39. B 40. C 41. B 42. D
43. B 44. B 45. A 46. D 47. D 48. B
49. A 50. C 51. C 52. D 53. D 54. C
55. C 56. C 57. A 58. D 59. C 60. A
61. D
Exercise - II
1. B 2. C 3. C 4. A 5. B 6. C
7. A 8. C 9. C 10. ABCD 11. B 12. B
13. A 14. C 15. D 16. BC 17. AD 18. BCD
19. ABD 20. ABC 21. ACD 22. C 23. B 24. ACD
25. B 26. C 27. A 28. D 29. B 30. B
31. C 32. B 33. D 34. A 35. C 36. B
37. ACD 38. C 39. BCD 40. A 41. C 42. BC
43. AC 44. BC 45. ABCD 46. BD 47. ABC 48. ABC
49. C 50. BCD 51. ACD 52. ABD 53. B 54. A
55. B 56. C 57. A 58. C 59. D 60. C
61. B 62. B 63. B 64. D 65. D 66. A
67. C

Exercise - III (JEE ADVANCED)
2
MR2 4R 14mr 2 Ml 2
1. –M 2. 3. 2r 4. 5. 2mR2
2 3 5 2
6. w sin , when the bob is at the lowest point 7. –14 i 10 j – 9k
mg 3Ft 2
8. P= cot 9.
2 2m
3g 13mg 3 3 3 3
10. (a) ( cw ) (b) N 16
,F
16
mg (c)
4L 16
2g
11. 12. w = 5 rad/s 13. at a distance a / 2 3 from the centre down the plane.
5
100
N R2 2
14. 12 gm 15. 16. 13 W / 12 17. 18. 2.1 rad/s2 19. 15
. 2 sec
3 4g
mgl
20. 48 21. gr/bh 22. 23. 2 24. (i) 10/13 m/s2, (ii) 5000/26 , (iii) 480/13 N
8
2gh
25. M = 2m –1 26.16 kg m2/s 27. 2kkg m2 / s 28. 0.5 kg – m2 /s, 75 J
R2 2
29. 19.7 rad/s 30. 60° east of south, 30° south of east. 31. (1/2)KE0 32.
3
7 10gh 10 17
33. 120 34. mv2 35. 50m/s 36. 37. g sin 38. mg
10 7 7 7
v0 2v Ft 6Ft 2F 2 t 2 F t 13 3
39. ( ), 0 ( ) 40. (a) (b) (c) (d) 41. Mv2 42. MR2
3 3 m m m 2 16 4
14 gR
1. 2mg 2. 3 3. 2F/M 4. 2m/s 5. 1/2 ma 6. v =
3
b– a 3mgw 9g 4mg
7. a g 8. Fdlx = and Fduy = mg 9. 57/140 MR2 10. (a) (b)
3b a 2h 7 7
3 0a 5a 7a 3 0 18P M
11. (a) (b) , (c) , (d) , (e) 70ag 12. 300 rad/sec, 150 rad/sec
2 9 12 7Ma 9
27 3 200
13. t = 2 / 5 sec, q = 4p/5 rad 14. 16 m/s2 15. v = gR 16. (a) 4 m / s, (b) N
7 7 7
1
17. – v0 18. 210 19. 1.63 N, 1.224 m
15
Exercise - IV PREVIOUS YEAR QUESTIONS
LEVEL - I JEE MAIN
1. D 2. A 3. B 4. C 5. D 6. A
7. D 8. B 9. C 10. C 11. D 12. D
13. D 14. C 15. C 16. A 17. C 18. D
19. D 20. A 21. C 22. A
LEVEL - II JEE ADVANCED
2 2
1. (a) 3m l, (b) Fx = F/4, Fy = 3 m l
2. A 3. A 4. A 5. B 6. C 7. B
3 mv 2g sin
8. B 9. 10. aaxis
( 3m M) L 3
cot
11. f (M m) g 12. A 13. C,D 14. A,B 15. 10m/s
2
16. C 17. A 18. B 19. D 20. D
21. D 22. A 23. B,C
24. 0004 25. B 26. C 27. 0003 28. C
29. A 30. D 31. A,B 32. D 33. 0008

Page # 90 STOICHIOMETRY - 1
STOICHIOMETRY - 1
CLASSIFICATION OF MATTER
LAWS OF CHEMICAL COMBINATION
(a) Law of conservation of mass [Lavoisier]

In a chemical change total mass remains conserved i.e. mass before the reaction is always equal to
mass after the reaction.
H2 + 1/2 O2 H2O ( )
(g) (g)
1 mole 1/2 mole 1 mole
mass before the reaction = 1 × 2 + 1/2 × 32 = 18 gm
mass after the reaction = 1 × 18 = 18 gm
Ex. A 15.9g sample of sodium carbonate is added to a solution of acetic acid weighing 20.0g. The two
substances react, releasing carbon dioxide gas to the atmosphere. After reaction, the contents
of the reaction vessel weigh 29.3g. What is the mass of carbon dioxide given off during the
reaction?
Sol. The total mass of reactants taken = 15.9 + 20.0 = 35.9 gm. From the conservation of mass, the final
mass of the contents of the vessel should also be 35.9 gm. But it is only 29.3 gm. The difference is due
to the mass of released carbon dioxide gas.
Hence, the mass of carbon dioxide gas released = 35.9 – 29.3 = 6.6 gm
(b) Law of constant composition [Proust]

All chemical compounds are found to have constant composition irrespective of their method of prepration
or sources.
In H2O, Hydrogen & oxygen combine in 2 : 1 molar ratio, this ratio remains constant whether it is Tap
water, river water or seawater or produced by any chemical reaction.
STOICHIOMETRY - 1 Page # 91
Ex. The following are results of analysis of two samples of the same or two different compounds of
phosphorus and chlorine. From these results, decide whether the two samples are from the
same or different compounds. Also state the law, which will be obeyed by the given samples.
Amount P Amount Cl
Compound A 1.156 gm 3.971 gm
Compound B 1.542 gm 5.297 gm
Sol. The mass ratio of phosphorus and chlorine in compound A, m P : mCl = 1.156:3.971 = 0.2911:1.000
The mass ratio of phosphorus and chlorine in compound B, mP : mCl = 1.542:5.297 = 0.2911:1.000
As the mass ratio is same, both the compounds are same and the samples obey the law of definite
proportion.
(c) Law of multiple proportions [Dalton]

When one element combines with the other element to form two or more different compounds, the
mass of one element, which combines with a constant mass of the other bear a simple ratio to one
another.
Carbon is found to form two oxides which contain 42.9% & 27.3% of carbon respectively show that
these figures shows the law of multiple proportion.
First oxide Second oxide
Carbon 42.9 % 27.3 %
Oxygen 57.1 % 72.7% Given
In th first oxide, 57.1 parts by mass of oxygen combine with 42.9 parts of carbon.
42.9
1 part of oxygen will combine with part of carbon = 0.751
57.1
Similarly in 2nd oxide
27.3
1 part of oxygen will combine with part of carbon = 0.376
72.7
The ratio of carbon that combine with the same mass of oxygen = 0.751 : 0.376 = 2 : 1
This is a simple whole no ratio this means above data shows the law of multiple proportion.
Ex. Two oxide samples of lead were heated in the current of hydrogen and were reduced to the
metallic lead. The following data were obtained
(i) Weight of yellow oxide taken = 3.45 gm; Loss in weight in reduction = 0.24 gm
(ii) Weight of brown oxide taken = 1.227 gm; Loss in weight in reduction = 0.16 gm.
Show that the data illustrates the law of multiple proportion.
Sol. When the oxide of lead is reduced in the current of hydrogen, metallic lead is formed. Definitely, the loss
in weight in reduction is due to removal of the oxygen present in the oxide, to combine with the
hydrogen. Therefore,
the composition of the yellow oxide is: oxygen = 0.24 gm and lead = 3.45 – 0.24 = 3.21 gm.
m Pb 3.21 13.375
The mass ratio of lead and oxygen, r1 =
mO 0.244 1.000
and the compositon of the brown oxide is : oxygen = 0.16 gm and lead = 1.227 – 0.16 = 1.067 gm.
m Pb 1.067 6.669
The mas ratio of lead and oxygen, r2 =
mO 0.16 1.000
Now, r1 : r2 = 13.375 : 6.669 = 2.1 (simple ratio) and hence the data illustrates the law of multiple
proportion.

(d) Law of reciprocal proportions [Richter]

When two elements combine seperately with definite mass of a third element, then the ratio of their
masses in which they do so is either the same or some whole number multiple of the ratio in which they
combine with each other.
This law can be understood easily with the help of the following examples.
At. Mass 1 At. Mass 32

H 2S
H S
At. Mass 16
Let us consider three elements – hydrogen, sulphur and oxygen. Hydrogen combines with oxygen to
form H 2 O whereas sulphur combines with it to form SO2 . Hydrogen and sulphur can also combine
together to form H2S. The formation of these compounds is shown in fig.
In H2 O, the ratio of masses of H and O is 2 : 16.
In SO 2, the ratio of masses of S and O is 32 : 32. Therefore, the ratio of masses of H and S which
combines with a fixed mass of oxygen (say 32 parts) will be
4 : 32 i.e. 1 : 8 ...(1)
When H and S combine together, they form H 2S in which the ratio of masses of H and S is
2 : 32 i.e., 1 : 16 ...(ii)
The two ratios (i) and (ii) are related to each other as
1 1
: or 2 :1
8 16
i.e., they are whole number multiples of each other.
Thus, the ratio masses of H and S which combines with a fixed mass of oxygen is a whole number
multiple of the ratio in which H and S combine together.
Ex. Methane contains 75 % carbon and 25% hydrogen, by mass. Carbon dioxide contains 27.27 %
carbon and 72.73% oxygen, by mass. Water contains 11.11 % hydrogen and 88.89% oxygen,
by mass. Show that the data illustrates the law of reciprocal proportion.
Sol. Methane and carbon dioxide, both contains carbon and hence, carbon may be considered as the third
element. Now, let the fixed mass of carbon = 1 gm. Then,
1 25
the mass of hydrogen combined with 1 gm carbon in methane = gm
3 75
72.73 8
and the mass of oxygen combined with 1 gm carbon in carbon dioxide = gm
27.27 3
1 8 1
Hence, the mass ratio of hydrogen and oxygen combined with the fixed mass of carbon, r1 = :
3 3 8
11.11 1
Now, the mass ratio of hydrogen and oxygen in water, r2 =
88.89 8
As r1 and r2 are same , the data is according to the law of reciprocal proportion.
(e) Gay Lussac law of combining volumes :

When two or more gases react with one another, their volumes bear simple whole number ratio with
one another and to the volume of products (if they are also gases) provided all volumes are measured
under identical conditions of temperature and pressure.
When gaseous hydrogen and gaseous chlorine react together to form gaseous hydrogen chloride
according to the following equation.
H (g )
2 Cl ( g )
2 2HCl ( g )
one volume one volume two volumes
It has been observed experimentally that in this reaction, one volume of hydrogen always reacts with
one volume of chlorine to form two volumes of gaseous hydrogen chloride. all reactants and products
are in gaseous state and their volumes bear a ratio of 1 : 1 : 2. This ratio is a simple whole number
ratio.
“These are no longer useful in chemical calculations now but gives an idea of earlier methods of
analysing and relating compounds by mass.”
Ex. 2.5 ml of a gaseous hydrocarbon exactly requires 12.5 ml oxygen for complete combustion and
produces 7.5 ml carbon dioxide and 10.0 ml water vapour. All the volumes are measured at the
same pressure and temperature. Show that the data illustrates Gay Lussac’s law of volume com-
bination.
Sol. V hydrocarbon : V oxygen : V carbon dioxide : V water v apou r = 2.5 : 12.5 : 7.5 : 10.0
= 1 : 5 : 3 : 4 (simple ratio)
Hence, the data is according to the law of volume combination.
MOLE CONCEPT
Definition of mole : One mole is a collection of that many entities as there are number of atoms
exactly in 12 gm of C – 12 isotope.
or 1 mole = collection of 6.02 × 1023 species
6.02 × 1023 = N A = Avogadro’s No.
1 mole of atoms is also termed as 1 gm-atom, 1 mole of ions is termed as 1 gm-ion and 1 mole of
molecule termed as 1 gm-molecule.
METHODS OF CALCULATIONS OF MOLE
Given no.
(a) If no. of some species is given, then no. of moles = NA
Given wt
(b) If weight of a given species is given, then no of moles = (for atoms),
Atomic wt.
Given wt.
or = (for molecules)
Molecular wt.
(c) If volume of a gas is given along with its temperature (T) and pressure (P)
PV
use n =
RT
where R = 0.0821 lit-atm/mol–K (when P is in atmosphere and V is in litre.)
1 mole of any gas at STP (0°C & 1 bar) occupies 22.7 litre.
1 mole of any gas at STP (0°C & 1 atm) occupies 22.4 litre.

Atom : Atom is smallest particle which can not be divided into its constituents.
Atomic weight : It is the weight of an atom relative to one twelvth of weight of 1 atom of C-12
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN GRAM AND AMU
1
1 amu = wt of one C - 12 atom.
12
for C 1 mole C = 12 gm = 6.023 × 10 23 atoms
wt of 6.023 × 10 23 atoms = 12 gm
12
wt of 1 atom of C = N gm (N A Avogadro’s number = 6.23 × 10 23 )
A
1
1 amu = wt of one C - 12 atom
12
1 12
= 12 N A gm
1
1 amu = N gm
A
ELEMENTAL ANALYSIS
For n mole of a compound (C 3H7 O2)
Moles of C = 3n
Moles of H = 7n
Moles of O = 2n
Ex. Find the wt of water present in 1.61 g of Na2 SO4. 10H 2O
wt. in gram 1.61

Sol. Moles of Na2SO 4. 10H2O = = = 0.005 moles
molecular wt 322
Moles of water = 10 × moles of Na2 SO4 . 10H2 O
= 10 × 0.05 = 0.05
wt of water = 0.5 × 18 = 0.9 gm Ans.
AVERAGE ATOMIC WEIGHT
= % of isotope X molar mass of isotope.

The % obtained by above expression (used in above expression) is by number (i.e. its a mole%)
MOLECULAR WEIGHT
It is the sum of the atomic weight of all the constituent atom.
niMi
(a) Average molecular weight =
ni
where n i = no. of moles of any compound and mi = molecular mass of any compound.
Make yourselves clear in the difference between mole% and mass % in question related to
above.
Shortcut for % determination if average atomic weight is given for X having isotopes X A & XB.
Average atomic wei ght – wt of X B
% of X A 100
difference in weight of X A & X B
Try working out of such a shortcut for X A, X B, XC
EMPIRICAL FORMULA, MOLECULAR FORMULA

Empirical formula : Formula depicting constituent atom in their simplest ratio.
Molecular formula : Formula depicting actual number of atoms in one molecule of the compound.
Relation between the two : Molecular formula = Empirical formula × n
Molecular mass
n
Empirical Formula mass
Check out the importance of each step involved in calculations of empirical formula.
Ex. A molecule of a compound have 13 carbon atoms, 12 hydrogen atom, 3 oxygen atoms and
3.02 × 10 –23 gm of other element. Find the molecular wt. of compound.
12 1 16
Sol. wt. of the 1 molecule of a compound = 13 × N + 12 × N + 3 × N + 3.02 × 10 –23
A A A
156 12 48 3. 02 10 – 23 NA
= 234.18 / N A = 234 amu. Ans.
NA
• Density :
(a) Absolute density
(b) Relative density
Mass
Absolute density =
volume
density of subs tan ce

Relative density =
density of s tan dard subs tan ce
density of subs tan ce

Specific gravity = density of H O at 4 C
2
Vapour density : It is defined only for gas.

It is a density of gas with respect to H 2 gas at same temp & press
d gas PMgas / RT Mgas M

V.D = dH = PM / RT = M =
2 H 2 H 2 2
M
V.D =
2
Molecular wt of gas
V.D = Molecular wt of H gas
2
• density of Cl2 gas with respect to O2 gas
Molecularwt of Cl2 gas

= Molecular wt of O gas
2

• STOICHIOMETRY : Stoichiometry is the calculations of the quantities of reactants and products

involved in a chemical reaction. Following methods can be used for solving problems.
(a) Mole Method (For Balance reaction)
(b) POAC method } Balancing not required but common sense ------- use it with slight care.
(c) Equivalent concept
• CONCEPT OF LIMITING REAGENT.

Limiting Reagent :
It is very important concept in chemical calculation. It refers to reactant which is present in minimum
stoichiometry quantity for a chemical reaction. It is reactant consumed fully in a chemical reaction. So
all calculations related to various products or in sequence of reactions are made on the basis of limiting
reagent.
• It comes into picture when reaction involves two or more reactants. For solving any such reactions,
first step is to calculate L.R.
Calculation of Limiting Reagent.
(a) By calculating the required amount by the equation and comparing it with given amount.
[Useful when only two reactant are there]
(b) By calculating amount of any one product obtained taking each reactant one by one irrespective
of other reactants. The one giving least product is limiting reagent.
(c) Divide given moles of each reactant by their stoichiometric coefficient, the one with least ratio
is limiting reagent. [Useful when number of reactants are more than two.]
• PERCENTAGE YIELD :
actual yield
The percentage yield of product = 100
the theoretical maximum yield
• The actual amount of any limiting reagent consumed in such incomplete reactions is given by [%
yield × given moles of limiting reagent] [For reversible reactions]
• For irreversible reaction with % yield less than 100, the reactants is converted to product
(desired and waste.)
Ex. A compound which contains one atom of X and two atoms of y for each three atoms of z is made
of mixing 5 gm of x, 1.15 × 10 23 atoms of Y and 0.03 mole of Z atoms. Given that only 4.40 gm
of compound results. Calculate the atomic weight of Y if atomic weight of X and Z are 60 and 80
respectively.
5 1
Sol. Moles of x = = = 0.083
60 12
115
. 10 23
moles of y = 0.19
6.023 10 23
moles of z = 0.03
x + 2y + 3z xy2 z3
for limiting reagent, 0.083/1 = 0.083
0.19 0.03
0.095 , 0.01
2 3
Hence z is limiting reagent
wt of xy2z 3 = 4.4 gm = moles × molecular wt.
1
moles of xy2z3 = 0.03 = 0.01
3
300 + 2 m = 440 2m = 440 – 300 m = 70 Ans.
P O A C Rule : P O A C is the simple mass conservation.

KClO3 KCl + O2
Apply the POAC on K.
moles of K in KClO3 = moles of K in KCl
1 × moles of KClO3 = 1 × moles of KCl
moles of KClO 3 = moles of KCl
Apply POAC on O
moles O in KClO 3 = moles of O in O2
3 × moles of kClO3 = 2 × moles of O2
Ex. In the gravimetric determination of phosphorous, an aqueous solution of dihydrogen phosphate

ion (H 2PO4– ) is treated with a mix of ammonium & magnesium ions to precipitate magnesium
ammonium phosphate MgNH 4 PO4 .6H2 O. This is heated and decomposed to magnesium
Pyrophosphate, Mg2 P2 O7 which is weighted. A solution of H 2PO4 – yielded 1.054 gm of Mg2P 2O 7
what weight of NaH2 PO 4 was present originally.
NaH2PO 4 Mg 2P 2O 7
apply POAC on P
Let wt of NaH2 PO 4 = w gm
moles of P in NaH 2PO 4 = moles of P in Mg2 P2 O7
w 1 .054
1 2
120 232
120
w = 1.054 × 2 = 1.09 gm Ans.
232
SOME EXPERIMENTAL METHODS
FOR DETERMINATION OF ATOMIC MASS

Dulong’s and Petit’s Law :
Atomic weight × specific heat (cal/gm°C) 6.4
Gives approximate atomic weight and is applicable for metals only. Take care of units of specific heat.
FOR MOLECULAR MASS DETERMINATION
(a) Victor Maeyer’s process : (for volatile substance)

Procedure : Some known weight of a volatile substance (w) is taken, converted to vapour and
collected over water. The volume of air displaced over water is given (V) and the following expressions
are used.
w w
M= RT or M RT
PV (P – P') V
If aq. tension is not given If aq. tension is P
Aqueous tension : Pressure exerted due to water vapours at any given temperature.
This comes in picture when any gas is collected over water. Can you guess why ?

(b) Silver salt method : (for organic acids)

Basicity of an acid : No. of replacible H + atoms in an acid (H bonded to more electronegative atom is
acidic)
Procedure : Some known amount of silver salt (w 1 gm) is heated to obtain w2 gm of white shining
residue of silver. Then if the basicity of acid is n, molecular weight of acid would be
AgnA nAg + + A –n
Agn A is the salt
w2 1
M salt w 1 and molecular weight of acid = M – n(108)
108 n salt
This is one good practicle application of POAC.
(c) Chloroplatinate salt method : (for organic bases)

Lewis acid : electron pair acceptor
Lewis base : electron pair donor
Procedure : Some amount of organic base is reacted with H2PtCl6 and forms salt known as chloroplatinate.
If base is denoted by B then salt formed.
(i) with monoacidic base = B 2 H2 PtCl 6
(ii) with diacidic base = B 2 (H2 PtCl6)2
(iii) with triacidic base = B 2(H2 PtCl6)3
The known amount (w1 gm) of salt is heated and pt residue is measured. (w2 gm). If acidity of base is
w2 1 Msalt – n(410 )
‘n’ then 195 n × M salt = w1 and M base =
2
• For % determination of elements in organic compounds :

• All these methods are applications of POAC
• Do not remember the formulas, derive them using the concept, its easy.
(a) Liebig’s method : (Carbon and hydrogen)
(w) Organic Compound (w 1) CO 2 + H2 O (w2)

CuO
w1 12
% of C = 100
44 w
w2 2
% of H = 100
18 w
where w1 = wt. of CO 2 produced, w2 = wt. of H 2O produced,
w = wt, of organic compound taken
(b) Duma’s method : (for nitrogen)
(w) Organic Compound CuO N2 (P, V, T given)

use PV = nRT to calculate moles of N 2 , n.
n 28
% of N = 100
w
w = wt of organic compound taken
(c) Kjeldahl’s method : (for nitrogen)

(w) O.C. + H2SO4 (NH4 ) 2SO 4 NaOH NH3 + H2SO 4 (molarity M and volume (V1) consumed given)
MV1 2 14
% of N = 100
w
where M = molarity of H 2SO4 .
• Some N containing compounds do not give the above set of reaction as in Kjeldahl’s method.
(d) Sulphur :
(w) O.C. + HNO 3 H2SO 4 + BaCl2 (w1 ) BaSO4
w1 32
% of S = ×1× × 100
233 w
where w1 = wt. of Ba SO 4 , w = wt. of organic compound
(e) Phosphorus :
O.C+ HNO 3 H 3PO 4 + [NH3 + magnesia mixture ammonium molybdate] MgNH4 PO4 Mg2 P2O7
w 1 2 31
% of P = 100
222 w
(f) Carius method : (Halogens)
O.C. + HNO 3 + AgNO3 AgX
If X is Cl then colour = white
If X is Br then colour = dull yellow
If X is I then colour = bright yellow
• Flourine can’t be estimated by this
w1 1 ( At. wt of X )
% of X 100
(M. weight of AgX ) w
Ex. 0.607 g of a silver salt of a tribasic organic acid was quantitatively reduced to 0.370 g of pure
silver. Calculate the molecular weight of the acid (Ag = 108)
Sol. Suppose the tribasic acid is H 3A.
H3 A Ag3 A Ag
acid salt
0.607 g 0.37 g
Since Ag atoms are conserved, applying POAC for Ag atoms,
moles of Ag atoms in Ag 3A = moles of Ag atoms in the prduct
3 × moles of Ag3 A = moles of Ag in the product
0.607 0.37
3 (Ag = 108)
mol. wt. of Ag3 A 108
mol. wt. of Ag3 A = 531.

mol. weight of tribasic acid (H 3A)

= mol wt. of the salt (Ag3 A) – 3 × at. wt. of Ag
+ 3 × at. wt. of H
= 531 – 324 + 3 = 210 Ans.
EUDIOMETRY
[For reactions involving gaseous reactants and products]
• The stoichiometric coefficient of a balanced chemical reactions also gives that ratio of volumes in
which gasesous reactants are reacting and products are formed at same temperature and pressure.
The volume of gases produced is often given by mentioning certain solvent which absorb contain
gases.
Solvent gas(es) absorb
KOH CO 2, SO 2 , Cl2
Ammon Cu 2Cl2 CO
Turpentine oil O3
Alkaline pyrogallol O2
water NH3, HCl
CuSO 4/CaCl2 H2O
Assumption : On cooling the volume of water is negligible
Ex. 7.5 mL of a hydrocarbon gas was exploded with excess of oxygen. On cooling, it was found to
have undergone a contraction of 15 mL. If the vapour density of the hydrocarbon is 14, determine
its molecular formula. (C = 12, H = 1)
y y
Sol. CxHy + (x + ) O2 X CO2 + HO
4 2 2
7.5 ml 15
on cooling the volume contraction = 15 ml
i.e. The volume of H 2O (g) = 15 ml
V.D. of hydrocarbon = 14
Molecular wt. of CxHy = 28
12x + y = 28 ...(1)
From reaction
y
7.5 = 15 y=4
2
12 x + 4 = 28
12x = 24
x= 2
Hence Hydrocalbon is C2H4.
CONCENTRATION OF SOLUTION
Concentration of solution can be expressed in any of the following ways.

(a) % by wt amount of solute dissolved in 100 gm of solution
4.9% H2SO 4 by wt.
100 gm of solution contains 4.9 gm of H2 SO4
(b) % by volume volume of solute dissolved in 100 ml of solution

x% H 2SO4 by volume
100 ml of solution contains x ml H 2SO 4
(c) % wt by volume wt. of solute present in 100 ml of solution
(d) % volume by wt. volume of solute present in 100 gm of solution.
CONCENTRATION TERMS
• Molarity (M) : No. of moles of solute present in 1000 ml of solution.

moles of solute
molarity (M) =
volume of solution (lit)
m.moles of solute
M=
volume of solution(ml)
MOLALITY (m)
No. of moles of solute present in 1000 gm of solvent
moles of solute m.moles of solute

m= m=
wt. of solvent in kg wt.of solvent in gm
NORMALITY (N)
No of gm equivalents of solute present in 1000 ml of solution
gm equivalents of solute m. equivalent of solute

N= =
volume of solution(lit) volume of solution in (ml)
FORMALITY (f)
The formality is the no. of gm -formula weights of the ionic solute present in 1000 ml of solution.
wt in gm
f = formula wt volume of solution (lit)
MOLE FRACTION
The mole fraction of a perticular component in a solution is defined as the number of moles of that
component per mole of solution.
If a solution has nA mole A & n B mole of B.
nA
mole fraction of A (X A) = n
A nB
nB
mole fraction of B (X B) = n nB
A
X A + XB = 1
Mass of solute Mass of solute

• Parts per million (ppm) : =
Mass of solvent
× 10 6
Mass of solution
10 6

VOLUME STRENGTH OF H2 O2
Strength of H2O 2 is represented as 10V, 20V, 30V etc.
20V H2 O2 means one litre of this sample of H 2 O2 on decomposition gives 20 It of O2 gas at S.T.P.
Decomposition of H 2O 2 is given as
1
H2O 2 H2 O + O2
2
1
1 mole × 22.4 It O2 at S.T.P..
2
= 34 g = 11.2 It O 2 at S.T.P.
• To obtain 11.2 litre O2 at S.T.P. at lest 34 gm H2O 2 must be decomposed
34
• for 20 It O 2, we should decompose atleast × 20 gm H 2 O2
112
.
34
1 It solution of H2 O2 contains 20 gm H2 O2
112
.
34 20 M 34
1 It solution of H2 O 2 contains equivalents of H2 O2 (EH2 O2 17 )
112
. 17 2 2
34 20 20
• Normality of H2 O2 =
112
. 17 5.6
Volume, strength of H2 O 2
Normality of H2 O2(N) =
5.6
NH2 O 2 NH2O 2
MH2 O 2
v. f 2
IInd Method :
1
H2 O 2 O2
H2 O +
2
From law of equivalence
gm eq. of O 2 = gm eq. of H2O 2
20 20
gm eq. of O 2 = moles × n factor of O 2, = 4 =
22.4 5.6
20
gm. eq. of H2O 2 =
5.6
and the volume of H2 O2 is 1 lit.
20
this means 1 lit of H 2O 2 have gm eq.
5.6
20
i.e. Normality N =
5.6
NORMALITY OF H2O2
volume strength of H2 O 2
=
5.6
Volume, strength of H2 O 2
• Molarity of H2O2 (M) =
11 .2
Strength (in g/ ) : Denoted by S

Strength = molarity × mol. wt.
= molarity × 34
strength = Normality × Eq. weight.
= Normality × 17
Ex. A bottle labeled with “12V H 2O 2” contain 700 ml solution. If a sdudent mix 300 ml water in it
what is the g/litre strenth & normality and volume strength o final solution.
12
Sol. N=
5.6
12
meq. of H2 O2 = 700
5.6
let the normality of H2 O2 on dilution is N

meq. before dilution = meq. after dilution
12 12 7 15
.
N × 1000 = 700 N= × = 1.5 M=
5 .6 5.6 10 2
15
.
strength gm/lit = 34 = 25.5
2
84
volume strength = N × 5.6 = = 8.4 V Ans.
10
Strength of Oleum
Oleum is SO 3 dissolved in 100% H2SO 4. Sometimes, oleum is reported as more then 100% by weight,
say y% (where y > 100). This means that (y – 100) grams of water, when added to 100 g of given
oleum sample, will combine with all the free SO 3 in the oleum to give 100% sulphuric acid.
80( y – 100)
Hence weight % of free SO 3 in oleum =
18
Ex. Calculate the percentage of free SO3 in an oleum (considered as a solution of SO3 in H2SO4 ) that
is labelled '109% H 2SO4 '.
Sol. '109% H2 SO 4' refers to the total mass of pure H2SO 4 , i.e., 109 g that will be formed when 100 g of oleum
is diluted by 9 g of H2O which (H2O) combines with all the free SO 3 present in oleum to form H2SO4
H2 O + SO 3 H2 SO4
1 mole of H2O combines with 1 mole of SO 3
or 18 g of H2 O combines with 80 g of SO 3
or 9 g of H 2O combines with 40 g of SO 3.
Thus, 100 g of oleum contains 40 g of SO 3 or oleum contains 40% of free SO 3 .

Ex. A 62% by mass of an aqueous solution of acid has specific gravity 1.8. This solution is diluted
such that the specific gravity of solutin became 1.2. Find the % by wt of acid in new solutiuon.
mass
Sol. density =
volume
100 100
1.8 = volume of solution =
volume of soln 18
.
Let x gm water is added in soluion
mass
then d=
volume
100 x
12
.
100
x
18
.
100
12
. 12
. x 100 x
18
.
200
12
. x 100 x
3
200 100
0.2 x = 100 – =
3 3
100 1000 500

x= = = = 166.67
3 0.2 6 3
mass of new solution = 100 + 166.67 = 266.67
266.67 gm solution contains 62 gm of acid
62
% by mass = 100 = 23.24 %
266.67
RELATION SHIP BETWEEN MOLARITY, MOLALITY & DENSITY OF SOLUTION
Let the molarity of solution be 'M', molality be 'm' and the density of solution be d gm/m.
Molarity implies that there are M moles of solute in 1000 ml of solution wt of solution = density ×
volume
= 1000 d gm wt of solute = MM 1
where M1 is the molecular wt of solute
wt of solvent = (1000d – MM 1) gm
(1000d – MM 1 ) gm of solvent contains M moles of solute
M
1000 gm of solvent have = 1000d – MM 1000 mole = Molality
1
1000 M
no. of moles of solute present in 1000 gm of solvent = 1000 d – MM = Molality
1
1 M1
on simplyfying d M
m 1000
RELATION SHIP BETWEEN MOLALITY & MOLE FRACTION
consider a binary solution consisting of two components A (Solute) and B (Solvent).

Let xA & xB are the mole fraction of A & B respectively.
nA nB
xA = n n , xb = n
A B A nB
If molality of solution be m then

nA nA
m 1000 = 1000
mass of solvent nB MB
where M B is the molecular wt of the solvent B
xA 1000
m
xB MB
mole fraction of A 1000

molality = mole fraction of B MB
mole fraction of solute 1000

m=
mole fraction of solvent molecular wt. of solvent
Ex. An aqueous solution is 1.33 molal in methanol. Determine the mole fraction of methanol & H2 O
mole fraction of solute
Sol. molality = 1000
mole fraction of solvent mol.wt of solvent
xA 1.33 18 x A 23.94 xA
1.33 = x 1000 ,
B MB 1000 xB , 1000 xB
xA = 0.02394 xB, x A + xB = 1
1.02394 xB = 1
1
xB = 0.98, xA = 0.02 Ans.
102394
.
Second Method : Let wt of solvent = 1000 gm molality = 1.33

= moles of solute
m 1.33
moles of solute 1000
mole fraction of solute = , 1. 33 1000 / 18
moles of solute moles of solvent m+
18
mole fraction of solute = 0.02
mole fraction of solvent = 1 – 0.02 = 0.98

Ex. The density of 3 M solution of sodium thiosulphate (Na2 S2O3 ) is 1.25 g/mL. Calculate
(i) amount of sodium thiosulphate
(ii) mole fraction of sodium thiosulphate
(iii) molality of Na + and S2 O3 2– ions
Sol. (i) Let us consider one litre of sodium thiosulphate solution.
wt. of the solution = density × volume (mL)
= 1.25 × 1000 = 1250 g.
wt. of Na2 S2 O3 present in 1 L of the solution
= molarity × mol. wt.
= 3 × 158 = 474 g. Ans.
474
wt. % of Na2 S2 O 3 = 100 = 37.92%
1250
(ii) Wt. of solute (Na2 S2 O 3) = 474 g.
474
Moles of solute = 3 Ans.
158
Wt. of solvent (H2 O) = 1250 – 474 = 776 g
776
Moles of solvent = 43.11
18
3
mole fraction of Na2 S2 O 3 = 0.063
3 43.11
moles of N a 2 S2 O 3 3
(iii) Molality of Na2S 2 O3 = 1000 = 1000 3.865
wt. of solvent in grams 776
1 mole of Na2S 2 O3 contains 2 moles of Na+ ions and 1 mole of S 2 O3 2– ions.

molality of Na+ = 2 × 3.865 = 7.73 m
Molality of S 2 O3 2– = 3.865 m. Ans.
Solved Objective
Ex.1 8 litre of H 2 and 6 litre of Cl 2 are allowed to react to maximum possible extent. Fi nd out the
final volume of reaction mi xture. Suppose P and T remains constant throughout the course of
reaction -
(A) 7 litre (B) 14 litre (C) 2 litre (D) None of these.
Sol. (B)
H2 + Cl 2 2 HCl
Volume before reaction 8 lit 6 lit 0
Volume after reaction 2 0 12
Volume after reaction
= Volume of H 2 left + Vol ume of HCl formed = 2 + 12 = 14 lit
Ex.2 Naturally occurring chlorine is 75.53% Cl 35 which has an atomic mass of 34.969 amu and 24.47%
Cl 37 which has a mass of 36.966 amu. Cal culate the average atomic mass of chlorine-
(A) 35.5 amu (B) 36.5 amu (C) 71 amu (D) 72 amu
Sol. (A)
Average atomic mass
% of I isotope its atomic mass
= % of II isotope its atomic mass = 75.53 x 34.969 24.47 x 36.96 = 35.5 amu.
100 100
Ex.3 Calculate the mass in gm of 2g atom of Mg-

(A) 12 gm (B) 24 gm (C) 6 gm (D) None of these.
Sol. (D)
1 gm atom of Mg has mass = 24 gm
2 gm atom of Mg has mass = 24 x 2 = 48 gm.
Ex.4 In 5 g atom of Ag (At. wt. of Ag = 108), calculate the weight of one atom of Ag -
(A) 17.93 × 10 –23 gm (B) 16.93 × 10 –23 gm
(C) 17.93 × 10 23 gm (D) 36 × 10 –23 gm
Sol. (A)
N atoms of Ag weigh 108 gm
108 108
1 atom of Ag weigh = = = 17.93 × 10 –23 gm.
N 6.023 x 10 23
Ex.5 In 5g atom of Ag (at. wt. = 108), calcul ate the no. of atoms of Ag -
(A) 1 N (B) 3N (C) 5 N (D) 7 N.
Sol. (C)
1 gm atom of Ag has atoms = N
5 gm atom of Ag has atoms = 5N.
Ex.6 Calculate the mass in gm of 2N molecules of CO 2 -

(A) 22 gm (B) 44 gm (C) 88 gm (D) None of these.
Sol. (C)
N molecules of CO 2 has molecular mass = 44.
2N molecules of CO 2 has molecular mass = 44 x 2 = 88 gm.
Ex.7 How many carbon atoms are present in 0.35 mol of C 6H12O 6 -
(A) 6.023 × 10 23 carbon atoms (B) 1.26 × 10 23 carbon atoms
(C) 1.26 × 10 24 carbon atoms (D) 6.023 × 10 24 carbon atoms

Sol. (C)
1 mol of C6 H12O 6 has = 6 N atoms of C
0.35 mol of C 6H12O 6 has = 6 × 0.35 N atoms of C
= 2.1 N atoms = 2.1 × 6.023 × 10 23 = 1.26 × 10 24 carbon atoms
Ex.8 How many molecules are in 5.23 gm of glucose (C 6H12O 6) -
(A) 1.65 × 10 22 (B) 1.75 × 10 22 (C) 1.75 × 10 21( D) None of these
Sol. (B)
180 gm glucose has = N molecules
23
5.23 6 .023 10
5.23 gm glucose has = = 1.75 × 10 22 molecules
180
Ex.9 What is the weight of 3.01 × 10 23 molecules of ammonia -

(A) 17 gm (B) 8.5 gm (C) 34 gm (D) None of these
Sol. (B)
6.023 × 10 23 molecul es of NH 3 has weight = 17 gm
3.01 × 10 23 molecules of NH 3 has weight
17 3 .01 10 23
= = 8.50 gm
6 .023 10 23
Ex.10 How many significant figures are in each of the following numbers -
(a) 4.003 (b) 6.023 × 10 23 (c) 5000
(A) 3, 4, 1 (B) 4, 3, 2 (C) 4, 4, 4 (D) 3, 4, 3
Sol. (C)
Ex.11 How many molecules are present in one m l of water vapours at STP -
(A) 1.69 × 10 19 (B) 2.69 × 10 –19 (C) 1.69 × 10 –19 (D) 2.69 × 10 19
Sol. (D)
22.4 litre water vapour at STP has
= 6.023 × 10 23 molecules
1 × 10 –3 litre water vapours at STP has
6 .023 10 23
= × 10 –3 = 2.69 × 10 +19
22 .4
Ex.12 How many years it would take to spend Avogadro's number of rupees at the rate of 1 million
rupees in one second -
(A) 19.098 × 10 19 years (B) 19.098 years
(C) 19.098 × 10 9 years (D) None of these
Sol. (C)
10 6 rupees are spent in 1sec.
1 6 .023 10 23
6.023 × 10 23 rupees are spent in = sec
10 6
1 6 .023 10 23
= years , = 19.098 × 10 9 year
10 6 60 60 24 365
Ex.13 An atom of an element weighs 6.644 × 10 –23 g. Calculate g atoms of element i n 40 kg-
(A) 10 gm atom (B) 100 gm atom (C) 1000 gm atom (D) 10 4 gm atom
Sol. (C)
wei ght of 1 atom of element
= 6.644 × 10 –23 gm
weight of 'N' atoms of element
= 6.644 × 10–23 × 6.023 × 10 23 = 40 gm
40 gm of element has 1 gm atom.
40 103
40 x 10 3 gm of element has , = 10 3 gm atom.
40
Ex.14 Calculate the number of Cl – and Ca+2 ions in 222 g anhydrous CaCl 2 -
(A) 2N ions of Ca +2 4 N ions of Cl – (B) 2N ions of Cl – & 4N ions of Ca +2
(C) 1N ions of Ca +2 & 1N ions of Cl – (D) None of these.
Sol. (A)
mol. wt. of CaCl 2 = 111 g
111 g CaCl 2 has = N ions of Ca +2
N 222
222g of CaCl 2 has
111
= 2N ions of Ca +2
Also 111 g CaCl 2 has = 2N ions of Cl –
2N 222
222 g CaCl 2 has = ions of Cl –
111
= 4N ions of Cl – .
Ex.15 The density of O 2 at NTP is 1.429g / litre. Calcul ate the standard molar volume of gas-
(A) 22.4 lit. (B) 11.2 lit (C) 33.6 lit (D) 5.6 l it.
Sol. (A)
1.429 gm of O 2 gas occupies volume = 1 l itre.
32
32 gm of O 2 gas occupies = ,= 22.4 litre/mol.
1429
.
Ex.16 Which of the following will weigh maximum amount-

(A) 40 g iron (B) 1.2 g atom of N
(C) 1 × 10 23 atoms of carbon (D) 1.12 litre of O2 at STP
Sol. (A)
(A) Mass of iron = 40 g
(B) Mass of 1.2 g atom of N = 14 × 1.2 = 16.8 gm
12 1 10 23
(D) Mass of 1 × 10 23 atoms of C = = 1.99 gm.
6.023 10 23
32 1 .2
(D) Mass of 1.12 litre of O 2 at STP = = 1.6 g
22 .4
Ex.17 How many mol es of potassi um chlorate to be heated to produce 11.2 li tre oxygen -
1 1 1 2
(A) mol (B) mol (C) mol (D) mol.
2 3 4 3

Sol. (B)
2 KClO 3 2KCl + 3O 2
Mole for reaction 2 2 3
3 × 22.4 litre O 2 is formed by 2 mol KClO3
2 11 .2 1
11.2 litre O 2 is formed by = mol KClO 3
3 22 .4 3
Ex.18 Calculate the weight of lime (CaO) obtained by heating 200 kg of 95% pure lime stone (CaCO 3).
(A) 104.4 kg (B) 105.4 kg (C) 212.8 kg (D) 106.4 kg
Sol. (D)
100 kg impure sample has pure
CaCO 3 = 95 kg
200 kg impure sample has pure CaCO 3
95 200
= = 190 kg. CaCO 3 CaO + CO 2
100
100 kg CaCO 3 gives CaO = 56 kg.
56 190
190 kg CaCO 3 gives CaO = = 106.4 kg.
100
Ex.19 The chloride of a metal has the formula MCl 3 . The formul a of i ts phosphate will be-
(A) M 2PO 4 (B) MPO 4 (C) M 3PO4 (D) M(PO 4) 2
Sol. (B) AlCl 3 as it is AlPO 4
Ex.20 A silver coin weighing 11.34 g was dissol ved i n nitric acid. When sodium chloride was added to
the solution all the silver (present as AgNO 3) was precipitated as si lver chloride. The weight of
the precipitated silver chloride was 14.35 g. Calculate the percentage of silver in the coin -
(A) 4.8 % (B) 95.2% (C) 90 % (D) 80%
Sol. (B)
Ag + 2HNO3 AgNO 3 + NO 2 + H 2O
108
AgNO3 + NaCl AgCl + NaNO3
143.5
143.5 gm of silver chloride would be precipi tated by 108 g of silver.
or 14.35 g of silver chl oride would be precipi tated 10.8 g of si lver.
11.34 g of silver coi n contain 10.8 g of pure silver.
10.8
100 g of sil ver coin contain × 100 = 95.2 %.
1134
.
SOLVED SUBJECTIVE
Ex.1 Calculate the following for 49 gm of H 2 SO 4

(a) moles (b) Molecules (c) Total H atoms (d) Total O atoms
(e) Total electrons
Sol. Molecular wt of H 2SO 4 = 98
wt in gm 49 1
(a) moles = = mole
molecular wt 98 2
(b) Since 1 mole = 6.023 × 10 23 molecules.

1 1
mole = 6.023 × 10 23 × molecules = 3.011 × 10 23 molecules
2 2
(c) 1 molecule of H 2SO 4 Contains 2 H atom
3.011 × 10 23 of H2 SO4 contain 2 × 3.011 × 1023 atoms = 6.023 × 10 23 atoms
(d) 1 molecules of H 2SO4 contains 4 O atoms
3.011 × 10 23 molecular of H2 SO4 contains = 4 × 3.011 × 1023 = 12.044 × 10 23
(e) 1 molecule of H 2 SO4 contains 2H atoms + 1 S atom + 4 O atom
this means 1 molecule of H 2SO 4 Contains (2 + 16 + 4 × 8) e–
So 3.011 × 10 23 molecules have 3.011 × 1023 × 50 electrons = 1.5055 × 10 25 e–
Ex.2 Calculate the total ions & charge present in 4.2 gm of N –3
wt in gm 4.2
Sol. mole = = = 0.3
Ionic wt 14
total no of ions = 0.3 × N A ions

total charge = 0.3 N A × 3 × 1.6 × 10–19
= 0.3 × 6.023 × 10 23 × 3 × 1.6 × 10–19 , = 8.67 × 10 4 C Ans.
Ex.3 Find the total number of iron atom present in 224 amu iron.
Sol. Since 56 amu = 1 atom
1
therefore 224 amu = × 224 = 4 atom Ans.
56
Ex.4 A compound containing Ca, C, N and S was subjected to quantitative analysis and formula mass
determination. A 0.25 g of this compound was mixed with Na2 CO3 to convert all Ca into 0.16 g CaCO3.
A 0.115 gm sample of compound was carried through a series of reactions until all its S was changed
into SO4 2– and precipitated as 0.344 g of BaSO 4. A 0.712 g sample was processed to liberated all of its
N as NH3 and 0.155 g NH 3 was obtained. The formula mass was found to be 156. Determine the
empirical and molecular formula of the compound.
0.16
Sol. Moles of CaCO3 = = Moles of Ca
100
0.16
Wt of Ca = × 40
100

0.16 100
Mass % of Ca = 40 25.6
100 0.25
0.344 32 100
Similarly Mass % of S = 41
233 0.115
0.155 14
Similarly Mass % of N= 100 = 17.9
17 0.712
Mass % of C = 15.48
Now :
Elements Ca S N C
Mass % 25.6 41 17.9 15.48
Mol ratio 0.64 1.28 1.28 1.29
Simple ratio 1 2 2 2
Empirical formula = CaC2 N2S2,
Molecular formula wt = 156 , n × 156 = 156 n= 1
Hence, molecular formula = CaC2 N2S 2
Ex.5 A polystyrne having formula Br 3C6H3 (C3H8 )n found to contain 10.46% of bromine by weight. Find the
value of n. (At. wt. Br = 80)
Sol. Let the wt of compound is 100 gm & molecular wt is M
100
Then moles of compound =
M
100
Moles of Br = ×3
M
100
wt of Br = × 3 × 80 = 10.46
M
M = 2294.45 = 240 + 75 + 44 n , Hence n = 45 Ans.
Ex.6 A sample of clay was partially dried and then analysed to 50% silica and 7% water. The original clay
contained 12% water. Find the percentage of silica in the original sample.
Sol. In the partially dried clay the total percentage of silica + water = 57%. The rest of 43% must be some
50
impurity. Therefore the ratio of wts. of silica to impurity = . This would be true in the original sample
43
of silica.
The total percentage of silica + impurity in the original sample is 88. If x is the percentage of silica,
x 50
; x = 47.3% Ans.
88 – x 43
Ex.7 A mixture of CuSO 4.5H2 O and MgSO 4. 7H2O was heated until all the water was driven-off. if 5.0 g of
mixture gave 3 g of anhydrous salts, what was the percentage by mass of CuSO4 .5H2O in the original
mixture ?
Sol. Let the mixture contain x g CuSO 4.5H2O
x 5–x
159.5 120 = 3 x = 3.56
249.5 246
3 .56
Mass percentage of CuSO4 . 5H2O = 100 = 71.25 % Ans.
5
Ex .8 367.5 gm KClO3 (M = 122.5) when heated, How many litre of oxygen gas is proudced at S.T.P.
Sol. KClO 3 KCl + O2
Applying POAC on O, moles of O in KClO3 = moles of O in O2
3 × moles of KClO 3 = 2 × moles of O 2
367.5 3 367.5
3× = 2 × n, n = ×
122.5 2 122.5
Volume of O 2 gas at S.T.P = moles × 22.4
3 367.5
= 22.4 = 9 × 11.2 = 100.8 lit Ans.
2 122.5
Ex.9 0.532 g of the chloroplatinate of a diacid base on ignition left 0.195 g of residue of Pt. Calculate
molecular weight of the base (Pt = 195)
Sol. Suppose the diacid base is B.
B + H2PtCl 6\ BH2 PtCl6 Pt
diacid acid chloroplatinate
base 0.532 g 0.195 g
Since Pt atoms are conserved, applying POAC for Pt atoms,
moles of Pt atoms in BH 2PtCl 6 = moles of Pt atoms in the product
1 × moles of BH2 PtCl 6 = moles of Pt in the product
0.532 0.195
mol. wt. of BH2PtCl6 195
mol. wt. of BH 2PtCl 6 = 532

From the formula BH2 PtCl6 , we get
mol. wt. of B = mol. wt. of BH 2PtCl 6 – mol. wt. of H 2 PtCl6
= 532 – 410 = 122. Ans.
Ex.10 10 mL of a gaseous organic compound containing. C, H and O only was mixed with 100 mL of oxygen
and exploded under conditions which allowed the water formed to condense. The volume of the gas
after explosion was 90 mL. On treatment with potash solution, a further contraction of 20 mL in volume
was observed. Given that the vapour density of the compound is 23, deduce the molecular formula. All
volume measurements were carried out under the same conditions.
y z y
Sol. CxHyOz + x – O2 xCO2 + HO
4 2 2 2
10 ml
after explosion volume of gas = 90 ml
90 = volume of CO 2 gas + volume of unreacted O2
on treatment with KOH solution volume reduces by 20 ml. This means the volume of CO 2 = 20 ml
the volume of unreacted O 2 = 70 ml
volume of reacted O 2 = 30 ml
V.D of compoud = 23
molecular wt 12x + y + 16z = 46 ...(1)
from equation we can write

y z y z
10 x – 30 , x + – =3
4 2 4 2
4x + y – 2z = 12 ...(2)
& 10x = 20 x=2
from eq. (1) & (2) ; z = 1 & y = 6; Hence C2 H6 O Ans.
Ex.11 A sample of coal gas contained H 2, CH4 and CO. 20 mL of this mixture was exploded with 80 mL of
oxygen. On cooling, the volume of gases was 68 mL. There was a contraction of 10 mL. When treated
with KOH. Find the composition of the original mixture.
Sol. H2 + CH4 + CO; at H2 = x ml
CH4 = y ml; CO = (20 – x – y) ml
H2 + CH4 + CO + O2 CO2 + H2O
x y 20 – x – y
on cooling the volume of gases = 68 ml = volume of CO 2 + unreacted O 2
volume contraction due to KOH = 10 ml
this means volume of CO 2 = 10 ml
volume of unreacted O 2 = 58 ml
volume of reacted O 2 = 80 – 58 = 22 ml
Applying POAC on C; y + 20 – x – y = volume of CO 2, 20 – x = 10 x = 10
Applying POAC on H; 2x + 4y = 2x moles of H2 O; moles of H2 O = x + 2y
Applying POAC on O
1 × moles of CO + 2 × moles of O 2 = 2 × moles of CO 2 + 1 × moles of H 2 O
1 × 20 – x – y + 2 × 22 = 2 × 10 + x + 2y
20 – x – y + 44 = 20 + x + 2y; 2x + 3y = 44
3y = 44 – 20 = 24; y = 8 ml; x = 10 ml; volume of CO = 20 – x – y = 2 ml Ans.
Class Room Problems

Problem.1 From the following reaction sequence Problem.4 5 mL of a gaseous hydrocarbon was
exposed to 30 mL of O2. The resultant gas, on cooling
Cl 2 + 2KOH KCl + KClO + H2O
is found to measure 25 mL of which 10 mL are absorbed
3KClO 2KCl + KClO3 by NaOH and the remainder by pyrogallol. Determine
4KClO3 3KClO4 + KCl molecular formula of hydrocarbon. All measurements
Calculate the mass of chlorine needed to produce are made at constant pressure and temperature.
100 g of KClO4. Sol. C2H 4
Sol. 205.04 gm
Problem.2 Calculate the weight of FeO produced from Problem.5 A gaseous alkane is exploded with oxygen.
2 g VO and 5.75 g of Fe2O3. Also report the limiting The volume of O 2 for complete combustion to CO 2
reagent. VO + Fe2O3 FeO + V 2O 5 formed is in the ratio of 7 : 4. Deduce molecular
Sol. 5.175 gm formula of alkane.
Sol. C2H 6
Problem.3 A polystyrene, having formula Br 3C6H3 P roblem.6 A sampl e of ga seous hydro carbon
(C8H8 ) n was prepared by heating styrene with occupying 1.12 litre at NTP, when completely burnt in
tribromobenzoyl peroxide in the absence of air. If it air produced 2.2 g CO2 and 1.8 g H2O. Calculate the
was found to contain 10.46% bromine be weight, find weight of hydrocarbon taken and the volume of O 2 at
the value of n. NTP required for its combustion.
Sol. 19 Sol. 0.8 gm, 2.24 L

Problem.7 16 mL of a gaseous aliphatic compound Problem.10 What is the purity of conc. H 2SO 4
CnH3nO m was mixed with 60 mL O2 and sparked. The solution (specific gravity 1.8 g/mL), if 5.0 mL of this
gas mixture on cooling occupied 44 mL. After treatment solution is neutralized by 84.6 mL of 2.0 N NaOH ?
with KOH solution, the volume of gas remaining was Sol. 92.12%
12 mL . Deduce the formul a of co mpound. All
measurements are made at constant pressure and
room temperature.
Sol. C2H6O
Problem.11 A sample of H2SO4 (density 1.787 g mL–1) is

labelled as 86% by weight. What is molarity of acid ?
What volume of acid has to be used to make 1 litre of
0.2 M H2SO4 ?
Sol. 15.68 M, 0.013 L
Problem.8 In what ratio should you mix 0.2M NaNO3
and 0.1M Ca(MO 3)2 solution so that in resulting
solution, the concentration of –ve ion is 50% greater
than the concentration of +ve ion ?
Sol. 1/2
Problem.12 Mole fracti on of I 2 in C 6H6 is 0.2.

Calculate molality of I2 in C6H6.
Sol. 3.2
Problem.9 How much BaCl2 would be needed to make
250 mL of a solution having same concentration of
Cl – as the one containing 3.78 g of NaCl per 100 mL ?
Sol. 16.8 gm
Problem.13 A drop (0.05 mL) of 12 M HCl is spread Problem.16 A mixture of FeO and Fe3O 4 when heated
over a thin sheet of aluminium foil (thickness 0.10 mm in air to constant weight, gains 5% in its weight. Find
and density of Al = 2.70 g/mL). Assuming whole of out composition of mixture.
the HCl is used to dissolve Al, what will be the maximum Sol. 20.25
area of hole produced in foi l ?
Sol. 5.4×10–3
Problem.17 25.4 g of I2 and 14.2 g of Cl 2 are made

Problem.14 What would be the molarity of solution
to react completely to yield a mixture of ICl and ICl 3.
obtained by mixing equal volumes of 30% by weight
Calculate mole of ICl and ICl3 formed.
H2SO 4 (d = 1.218 g mL –1) and 70% by weight H2SO 4
(d = 1.610g mL–1) ? If the resulting solution has density Sol. 0.1,0.1
1.425 g/mL, calculate its molality.
Sol. 7.67 M
Problem.15 A mixture of Al and Zn weighing 1.67 g Problem.18 A mixture of HCOOH and H 2C2O 4 is
was completley dissolved in acid and evolved 1.69 heated wi th conc. H 2SO 4. The gas produced is
litre of H2 at NTP. What was the weight of Al in original collected and on treating with KOH solution the volume
mixture ? 1
of the gas decreases by th. Calculate molar ratio
Sol. 1.21 gm 6
of two acids in original mixture.
Sol. 1/4

Problem.19 For the reaction, N2O5(g) 2NO 2(g)

+ 0.5O 2(g), cal culate the mole fraction of N2O5(g)
decomposed at a constant volume and temperature,
if the initial pressure is 600 mm Hg and the pressure
at any time is 960 mm Hg. Assume ideal gas behaviour.
Sol. 0.375
Problem.23 A sample of CaCO 3 and MgCO 3 weighed

2.21 g is ignited to constant weight of 1.152 g. What
is the composition of mixture ? Also calculale the
volume of CO 2 evolved at 0ºC and 76 cm of pressure.
Sol. 46% 1.19
Problem.20 0.22 g sample of volatile compound,

containing C, H and Cl only on combustion in O 2 gave
0.195 g CO 2 and 0.0804 g H2O. If 0.120 g of the
compound occupied a volume of 37.24 mL at 105º
and 768 mm of pressure, calculate molecular formula
of compound.
Sol. C 2H 4Cl2
P roblem.24 2.0 g of a mi xture of carbonate,
bicarbonate and chl oride of sodi um on heati ng
produced 56 mL of CO 2 at NTP. 1.6 g of the same
mixture requi red 25 mL of N HCl sol uti on for
neu tra l i za t i on . Cal cul at e per ce nt age o f each
component present in mixture.
Sol. 69.56%
Problem.21 2.0 g sample containing Na2CO3 and

NaHCO 3 loses 0.248 g when heated to 300ºC, the
temperature at which NaHCO3 decomposes to Na2CO3,
and H2O. What is % of Na2CO 3 in mixture ?
Sol. 66.4%
Problem .25 Igni ti ng M nO 2 i n ai r co nverts i t

quantitatively to Mn 3O 4. A sample of pyrolusite has
MnO 2 80%, Si O 2 15% and rest having water. The
sample is heated in air to constant mass. What is
the % of Mn in igni ted sample ?
Sol. 59.37
Problem.22 10 mL of a solution of KCl containing

NaCl gave on evaporation 0.93 g of the mi xed salt
which gave 1.865 g of AgCl by the reaction with
AgNO 3. Calculate the quantity of NaCl in 10 mL of
solution.
Sol. 0.67 gm
Problem.26 A solid mixture 5 g consits of lead nitrate

and sodium nitrate was heated below 600ºC until
weight of residue was constant. If the loss in weight
is 28%, find the amount of lead nitrate and sodium
nitrate in mixture.
Sol. 3.32 gm
Problem. 29 0.50 g of a mixture of K2CO 3 and Li2CO 3

required 30 mL of 0.25 N HCl solution for neturalization.
What is % composition of mixture ?
Sol.
Problem.27 Determine the formula of ammonia form

the folloiwng data :
(i) Volume of ammonia = 25 mL.
Problem.30 A mixture in which the mole ratio of H 2
(ii) Volume on addition of O2 after explosion = 71.2 mL. and O2 is 2 : 1 is used to prepare water by the
(iii) Vol ume after explosion and reaction with O 2 on reaction,
cooling = 14.95 mL. 2H2(g) + O 2(g) 2H2O(g)
(i v) Vol ume after bein g absorbed by al kal i ne The total pressure in the container is 0.8 atm at
pyrogall ol = 12.5 mL. 20ºC before the reaction. Determine the final pressure
Sol. at 120ºC after reaction assuming 80% yield of water.
Sol. 0.7865
Problem.28 A mixture of ethane (C2H6) and ethene

(C 2H4) occupies 40 litre at 1.00 atm and at 400 K.
The mixture reacts completely with 130 g of O 2 to
produce CO 2 and H2O. Assuming ideal gas behaviour,
calculate the mole fractions of C 2H4 and C2H6 in the
mixture.
Sol. 0.63, 0.37

EXERCISE – I OBJECTIVE PROBLEMS (JEE MAIN)

Single correct Sol.
1. For the reaction
2x + 3y + 4z 5w
Initially if 1 mole of x, 3 mole of y and 4 mole of
z is taken. If 1.25 mole of w is obtained then %
yield of this reaction is
(A) 50% (B) 60% 5. The vapour density of a mixture of gas A
(C) 70% (D) 40% (Molecular mass = 40) and gas B (Molecular mass
Sol. = 80) is 25. Then mole % of gas B in the mixture
would be
(A) 25% (B) 50% (C) 75%
(D) 10%
Sol.
2. A solution of A (MM = 20) and B (MM = 10),

[Mole fraction XB = 0.6] having density 0.7 gm/
ml then molarity and molality of B in this solution
will be ________________ and ______________ 6. For the reaction
respectively. 2A + 3B + 5C 3D
(A) 30M,75m (B) 40M,75m Initially if 2 mole of A, 4 mole of B and 6 mole of
(C) 30M,65m (D) 50M,55m C is taken, With 25% yield, moles of D which
can be produced are _____________.
Sol. (A) 0.75 (B) 0.5
(C) 0.25 (D) 0.6
Sol.
3. 125 ml of 8% w/w NaOH solution (sp. gravity 1)

is added to 125 ml of 10% w/v HCl solution. The
nature of resultant solution would be _________
(A) Acidic (B) Basic 7. Fill in the blanks in the following table.
(C) Neutral (D) None Compound Grams Grams Molality
Sol. Compd Waterof Compd Na2 CO3
______ 250
0.0125
(A) 0.331 (B) 0.662
(C) 0.165 (D) 0.993
Sol.
4. Ratio of masses of H2 SO4 and Al2 (SO4) 3 is

grams each co nt ainin g 32 grams o f S i s
__________.
(A) 0.86 (B) 1.72
(C) 0.43 (D) 2.15
8. Equal volumes of 10% (v/v) of HCl is mixed with 11. One mole mixture of CH 4 & air (containing 80%
10% (v/v) NaOH solution. If density of pure NaOH N 2 20% O 2 by volume) of a composition such
is 1.5 times that of pure HCl then the resultant that when underwent combustion gave maximum
solution be : heat (assume combustion of only CH 4 ). Then
(A) basic (B) neutral which of the statements are correct, regarding
(C) acidic (D) can’t be predicted. composition of initial mixture. (X presents mole
Sol. fraction)
1 2 8
(A) X CH 4 , XO2 = , X N2
11 11 11
3 1 1
(B) X CH4 , XO2 , X N2
8 8 2
9. A definite amount of gaseous hydrocarbon was 1 1 2
burnt with just sufficient amount of O2 . The (C) X CH4 , X O2 , X N2
6 6 3
volume of all reactants was 600 ml, after the
explosion the volume of the products [CO 2(g) (D) Data insufficient
and H2 O(g)] was found to be 700 ml under the Sol.
similar conditions. The molecular formula of the
compound is :
(A) C3 H8 (B) C3 H6
(C) C3 H4 (D) C4 H10
Sol.
12. C6 H5OH(g) + O 2(g) CO 2 (g) + H2O(l)

Magnitude of volume change if 30 ml of C 6H5OH
(g) is burnt with excess amount of oxygen, is
(A) 30 ml (B) 60 ml
(C) 20 ml (D) 10 ml
Sol.
10. One gram of the silver salt of an organic dibasic

acid yields, on strong heating, 0.5934 g of silver.
If the weight percentage of carbon in it 8 times
the weight percentage of hydrogen and half the
weight percentage of oxygen, determine the 13. 10 ml of a compound containing ‘N’ and ‘O’ is
molecular formula of the acid. [Atomic weight of mixed with 30 ml of H2 to produce H2O (l) and 10
Ag = 108] ml of N2 (g). Molecular formula of compound if
(A) C4H6O 4 (B) C4 H6 O6 both reactants reacts completely, is
(C) C2H6O 2 (D) C5H10 O5
(A) N2O (B) NO2
Sol. (C) N2 O3 (D) N2O 5
Sol.

14. Similar to the % labelling of oleum, a mixture of 17. In the quantitative determination of nitrogen
H3 PO4 and P 4O 10 is labelled as (100 + x) % where using Duma’s method, N2 gas liberated from 0.42
x is the maximum mass of water which can react gm of a sample of organic compound was
with P4 O10 present in 100 gm mixture of H 3 PO 4 collected over water. If the volume of N 2 gas
and P4 O10. If such a mixture is labelled as 127% 100
Mass of P4O 10 is 100 gm of mixture, is collected was ml at total pressure 860 mm
11
(A) 71 gm (B) 47 gm Hg at 250 K, % by mass of nitrogen in the organic
(C) 83gm (D) 35 gm compound is
Sol. [Aq. tension at 250K is 24 mm Hg and R = 0.08 L
atm mol–1 K–1 ]
10 5
(A) % (B) %
3 3
20 100
(C) % (D) %
3 3
Sol.
15. Mass of sucrose C12H22O11 produced by mixing

84 gm of carbon, 12 gm of hydrogen and 56 lit.
O2 at 1 atm & 273 K according to given reaction,
is C(s) + H2(g) + O 2 (g) C12 H22O 11(s)
(A) 138.5 (B) 155.5 18. 40 gm of a carbonate of an alkali metal or
(C) 172.5 (D) 199.5 alkaline earth metal containing some inert
Sol. impurities was made to react with excess HCl
solution. The liberated CO 2 occupied 12.315 lit.
at 1 atm & 300 K. The correct option is
(A) Mass of impurity is 1 gm and metal is Be
(B) Mass of impurity is 3 gm and metal is Li
(C) Mass of impurity is 5 gm and metal is Be
(D) Mass of impurity is 2 gm and metal is Mg
Sol.
16. If 50 gm oleum sample rated as 118% is mixed
with 18 gm water, then the correct option is
(A) The resulting solution contains 18 gm of water
and 118 gm H2SO 4
(B) The resulting solution contains 9 gm of water
and 59 gm H2 SO4
(C) The resulting solution contains only 118 gm 19. The percentage by mole of NO 2 in a mixture
pure H2 SO4 NO2(g) and NO(g) having average molecular mass
(D) The resulting solution contains 68 gm of pure 34 is :
H2SO4 (A) 25% (B) 20%
Sol. (C) 40% (D) 75%
Sol.
20. The minimum mass of mixture of A2 and B4 required Sol.

to produce at least 1 kg of each product is :
(Given At. mass of ‘A’ = 10; At mass of ‘B’ = 120)
5A2 + 2B4 2AB 2 + 4A2B
(A) 2120 gm (B) 1060 gm
(C) 560 gm (D) 1660 gm
Sol.
24. 74 gm of sample on complete combustion gives

132 gm CO 2 and 54 gm of H 2 O. The molecular
formula of the compound may be
(A) C5H12 (B) C4 H10O
(C) C3 H6O2 (D) C3 H7 O2
Sol.
21. The mass of CO2 produced from 620 gm mixture

of C2H4 O2 & O2 , prepared to produce maximum
energy is
(A) 413.33 gm (B) 593.04 gm
(C) 440 gm (D) 320 gm
Sol. 25. The % by volume of C4H10 in a gaseous mixture
of C4 H10, CH4 and CO is 40. When 200 ml of the
mixture is burnt in excess of O 2 . Find volume (in
ml) of CO 2 produced.
(A) 220 (B) 340
(C) 440 (D) 560
Sol.
22. Assumi ng compl ete precipitati on of AgCl ,
calculate the sum of the molar concentration of
all the ions if 2 lit of 2M Ag2 SO 4 is mixed with 4 lit
of 1 M NaCl solution is :
(A) 4M (B) 2M
(C) 3M (D) 2.5 M 26. What volumes should you mix of 0.2 M NaCl arid
Sol. 0.1 M CaCl 2 solution so that in resulting solution
the concentration of positive ion is 40% lesser
than concentration of negative ion. Assuming
total volume of solution 1000 ml.
(A) 400 ml NaCl, 600 ml CaCl2
(B) 600 ml NaCl, 400 ml CaCl2
23. 12.5 gm of fuming H2 SO4 (labelled as 112%) is (C) 800 ml NaCl, 200 ml CaCl2
mixed with 100 lit water. Molar concentration of (D) None of these
H+ in resultant solution is : Sol.
[Note : Assume that H2SO 4 dissociate completely
and there is no change in volume on mixing]
2 2
(A) (B)
700 350
3 3
(C) (D)
350 700

27. An iodized salt contains 0.5% of Nal. A person 31. Weight of oxygen in Fe2O 3 and FeO is in the
consumes 3 gm of salt everyday. The number of simple ratio for the same amount of iron is :
iodide ions going into his body everyday is (A) 3 : 1 (B) 1 : 2
(A) 10–4 (B) 6.02 × 10–4 (C) 2 : 1 (D) 3 : 1
(C) 6.02 × 1019 (D) 6.02 × 1023 Sol.
Sol.
32. Two elements X (atomic mass 16) and Y (atomic

28. The pair of species having same percentage mass 14) combine to form compounds A, B and
(mass) of carbon is : C. The ratio of different masses of Y which
(A) CH3COOH and C6H12O6 combines with a fixed mass of X in A, B and
(B) CH3COOH and C2H5OH C is 1:3:5. If 32 parts by mass of X combines
with 84 parts by mass of Y in B, then in C,
(C) HCOOCH3 and C12H22 O11
16 parts by mass of X will combine with___
(D) C6 H12O 6 and C12H22O 11
parts by mass of Y.
Sol.
(A) 14 (B) 42
(C) 70 (D) 84
Sol.
29. 200 ml of a gaseous mixture containing CO, CO2

and N2 on complete combustion in just sufficient
amount of O2 showed contraction of 40 ml. When
the resulting gases were passed through KOH 33. In a textile mill, a double-effect evaporator
so l u ti on it system concentrates weak liquor containing
reduces by 50 % then calculate the volume ratio 4% (by weight) caustic soda to produce a lye
containing 25% solids (by weight). Calculate
of VCO 2 : VCO : VN 2 in original mixture. the weight of the water evaporate per 100-kg
(A) 4 : 1 : 5 (B) 2 : 3 : 5 feed in the evaporator.
(C) 1 : 4 : 5 (D) 1 : 3 : 5 (A) 125.0 g (B) 50.0 kg
Sol. (C) 84.0 kg (D) 16.0 kg
Sol.
30. Density of a gas relative to air is 1.17. Find the 34. Zinc ore (zinc sulphide) is treated with sulphuric
mol. mass of the gas. [M air = 29 g/mol] acid, leaving a solution with some undissolved
(A) 33.9 (B) 24.7 bits of material and releasing hydrogen sulphide
(C) 29 (D) 22.3 gas. If 10.8g of zinc ore is treated with 50.0
ml of sulphuric acid (density 1.153 g/ml), 65.1g
Sol.
of solution and undissolved material remains. In
addition, hydrogen sulphide (density 1.393 g/
L) is evolved. What is the volume (in liters) of
this gas?
(A) 4.3 (B) 3.35
(C) 4.67 (D) 2.40
Sol. 38. A sample of clay contains 40% silica and 15%

water. The sample is partially dried by which it
loses 5 gm water. If the percentage of water
in the partially dried clay is 8, calculate the
percentage of silica in the partially dried clay.
(A) 21.33% (B) 43.29%
(C) 75% (D) 50%
35. A sample of an ethanol-water solution has a
volume of 54.2 cm 3 and a mass of 49.6g. What Sol.
is the percentage of ethanol (by mass) in the
solution? (Assume that there is no change in
volume when the pure compounds are mixed.)
The density of ethanol is 0.80 g/cm3 and that
of water is 1.00 g/cm3. 39. The density of quartz mineral was determined
(A) 18.4% (B) 37.1% by adding a weighed piece to a graduated
(C) 33.95% (D) 31.2% cylinder containing 51.2ml water. After the
Sol. quartz was submersed, the water level was
65.7 ml. The quartz piece weighed 38.4g. What
was the density of quartz?
(A) 1.71 gm/ml (B) 1.33 gm/ml
(C) 2.65 gm/ml (D) 1.65gm/ml
Sol.
36. A student gently drops an object weighing
15.8 g into an open vessel that is full of
ethanol, so that a volume of ethanol spills out
equal to the vol ume of the obj ect. The
experimenter now finds that the vessel and its 40. Which has maximum number of atoms of oxygen
contents weigh 10.5 g more than the vessel (A) 10 ml H 2O(l)
full of ethanol only. The density of ethanol is (B) 0.1 mole of V 2O5
0.789 g/cm 3. What is the density of the (C) 12 gm O 3(g)
object? (D) 12.044 × 10 22 molecules of CO 2
(A) 6.717 gm/cm 3 (B) 4.182 gm/cm 3 Sol.
(C) 1.563 gm/cm 3 (D) 2.352 gm/cm 3
Sol.
41. Mass of one atom of the element A is 3.9854

× 10 –23. How many atoms are contained in 1g
37. A person needs on average of 2.0 mg of of the element A?
riboflavin (vitamin B 2) per day. How many gm (A) 2.509 × 10 23 (B) 6.022 × 10 23
of butter should be taken by the person per (C) 12.044 × 10 23 (D) None
day if it is the only source of riboflavin? Butter Sol.
contains 5.5 microgram riboflavin per gm.
(A) 363.6 gm (B) 2.75 mg
(C) 11 gm (D) 19.8 gm
Sol.
42. The number of atoms present in 0.5 g-atoms

of nitrogen is same as the atoms in
(A) 12 g of C (B) 32 g of S
(C) 8 g of oxygen (D) 24g of Mg

Sol. Sol.
43. A graph is plotted for an element, by putting 47. Two isotopes of an element Q are Q 97 (23.4%
its weight on X-axis abundance) and Q94 (76.6% abundance). Q 97
and the corresponding number of number of is 8.082 times heavier than C 12 and Q 94 is
atoms on Y-axis. Determine 7.833 times heavier than C 12. What is the
the atomic weight of the element for which the average atomic weight of the element Q?
graph is plotted. (A) 94.702 (B) 78.913
(C) 96.298 (D) 94.695
Sol.
(A) infinite (B) 40

(C) 0.025 (D) 20 48. The element silicon makes up 25.7% of the
Sol. earth's crust by weight, and is the second
most abundant element, with oxygen being the
first. Three isotopes of silicon occur in nature:
Si 28 (92.21%), which has an atomic mass of
27.97693 amu; Si 29 (4.70%), with an atomic
44. The O18/O 16 ratio in some meteorites is greater mass of 28.97649 amu; and Si 30 (3.09%), with
than that used to calculate the average atomic an atomic mass of 29.97379 amu. What is the
mass of oxygen on earth. The average mass atomic weight of silicon?
of an atom of oxygen in these meteorites is (A) 28.0856 (B) 28.1088
___ that of a terrestrial oxygen atom? (C) 28.8342 (D) 29.0012
(A) equal to (B) greater than Sol.
(C) less than (D) None of these
Sol.
49. The average atomi c mass of a m ixture

containing 79 mol % of 24 Mg and remaining
45. If isotopic distribution of C 12 and C14 is 98.0% 21 mole % of 25 Mg and 26Mg, is 24.31. %
and 2.0% respectively, then the number of C 14 mole of 26 Mg is
(A) 5 (B) 20
atoms in 12 gm of carbon is
(C) 10 (D) 15
(A) 1.032 ×10 22 (B) 1.20 ×10 22
(C) 5.88 ×10 23 (D) 6.02 ×10 23 Sol.
Sol.
50. The oxide of a metal contains 30% oxygen by

46. At one time there was a chemical atomic weight weight. If the atomic ratio of metal and oxygen
scale based on the assignment of the value is 2 : 3, determine the atomic weight of metal.
16.0000 to naturally occurring oxygen. What (A) 12 (B) 56
would have been the atomic weight, on such (C) 27 (D) 52
a table, of silver, if current information had Sol.
been available? The atomic weights of oxygen
and silver on the present table are 15.9994
and 107.868.
(A) 107.908 (B) 107.864
(C) 107.868 (D) 107.872
EXERCISE – II OBJECTIVE PROBLEMS (JEE ADVANCED)

1. The average mass of one gold atom in a sample Sol.
of naturally occuring gold is 3.257 × 10–22 g. Use
this to calculate the molar mass of gold.
Sol.
5. Nitrogen (N), phosporus (P), and potassium (K)

are the main nutri ents in pl ant fertil izers.
Acco rding to an i ndustry conventi on, the
numbers on the label refer to the mass % of N,
P 2O 5, and K 2O, in the order. Calculate the N : P :
K ratio of a 30 : 10 : 10 fertilizer in terms of
moles of each elements, and express it as x : y :
2. A plant virus is found to consist of uniform 1.0.
cylindrical particles of 150 Å in diameter and 5000 Sol.
Å long. The specific volume of the virus is 0.75
cm3/g. If the virus is considered to be a single
particle, find its molecular weight. [V = r2 l]
Sol.
EMPIRICAL & MOLECULAR FORMULA

6. Polychlorinated biphenyls, PCBs, known to be
dangerous environmental pollutants, are a group
of compounds with the general empirical formula
MOLE C12HmCl10–m, where m is an integer. What is the
3. Calculate value of m, and hence the empirical formula of
the PCB that contains 58.9% chlorine by mass ?
(a) Number of nitrogen atoms in 160 amu of NH4 NO 3
Sol.
(b) Number of gram-atoms of S in 490 kg H2 SO 4
(c) Grams of Al2 (SO 4) 3 containing 32 amu of S.
Sol.
7. Given the following empi rical formulae and

molecular weights, compute the true molecular
formulae :
Empirical Formula Molecular weight
4. A chemical compound “dioxin” has been very
much in the news in the past few years. (it is
the by-product of herbicide manufacture and is (a) CH2 84
through to be qui te toxic.) Its formula i s (b) CH2 O 150
C12H4 Cl4 O2 . If you have a sample of dirt (28.3 g) (c) HO 34
that contains 8.78 × 10 –8 mol es of dioxin, (d) HgCl 472
calculate the percentage of dioxin in the dirt
(e) HF 80
sample ?

Sol. Sol.
12. Determine the percentage composition of a

mixture of anhydrous sodium carbonate and
8. What is the empirical formula of a compound sodium bicarbonate from the following data :
0.2801 gm of which gave on complete combustion wt of the mixture taken = 2g
0.9482 gm of carbon dioxide and 0.1939 gm of Loss in weight on heating = 0.11 gm
water ?
Sol.
Sol.
13. A 10 g sample of a mixture of calcium chloride

and sodium chloride is treated with Na2CO 3 to
9. A 5.5 gm sample of an organic compound gave precipitate calcium as calcium carbonate. This
on quantitative analysis 1.4 gm of N and 3.6 gm CaCO 3 is heated to convert all the calcium to
of C and 0.5 gm of H. If Molecular mass of the CaO and the final mass of CaO is 1.12gm.
compound is 55 then calculate E.F. and M.F. Calculate % by mass of NaCl in the original
Sol. mixture.
Sol.
PROBLEMS RELATED WITH MIXTURE 14. A mixture of Ferric oxide (Fe2 O3 ) and Al is used
10. One gram of an alloy of aluminium and magnesium as a solid rocket fuel which reacts to give Al 2 O3
when heated with excess of dil. HCl forms and Fe. No other reactants and products are
magnesium chloride, aluminium chloride and involved. On complete reaction of 1 mole of
hydrogen. The evolved hydrogen collected over Fe2 O 3, 200 units of energy is released.
mercury at 0ºC has a volume of 1.12 liters at 1 (i) Write a balance reaction representing the above
atm pressure. Calculate the composition of the change.
alloy. (ii) What should be the ratio of masses of Fe2 O3 and
Sol. Al taken so that maximum energy per unit mass
of fuel is released.
(iii) What would be energy released if 16 kg of Fe2O3
reacts with 2.7 kg of Al.
Sol.
11. A sample containing only CaCO3 and MaCO3 is

ignited to CaO and MgO. The mixture of oxides
produced weight exactly half as much as the
original sample. Calculate the percentages of
CaCO3 and MgCo3 in the sample.
LIMITING REACTANT 17. A mixture of C3H8 (g) O2 having total volume 100
15. Titanium, which is used to make air plane engines ml in an Eudiometry tube is sparked & it is
and frames, can be obtained from titanium observed that a contraction of 45 ml is observed
tetrachloride, which in turn is obtained from what can be the composition of reacting mixture.
titanium oxide by the following process : (A) 15 ml C3H8 & 85 ml O2
3 TiO2 (s) + 4C(s) + 6Cl2 (g) 3TiCl4(g) + 2CO2(g) + (B) 25 ml C3H8 & 75 ml O2
2Co(g) (C) 45 ml C3H8 & 55 ml O2
A vessel contains 4.32 g TiO2 , 5.76 g C and; (D) 55 ml C3H8 & 45 ml O 2
6.82 g Cl 2 , suppose the reactio n go es to Sol.
completion as written, how many gram of TiCl 4
and be produced ? (Ti = 48)
Sol.
18. An aqueous solution consisting of 5 M BaCl 2,

58.8% w/v NaCl solution & 2m Na2 X has a density
of 1.949 gm/ml. Mark the opti on(s) which
represent correct molarity (M) of the specified
ion.
More than one correct : [Assume 100% dissociation of each salt and
molecular mass of X 2– is 96]
16 Two gases A and B which react according to the
equation (A) [Cl –] = 20 M
(B) [Na+] = 11 M
aA ( g ) bB( g) cC( g) dD(g ) (C) [Total anions] = 20.5 M
to give two gases C and D are taken (amount (D) [Total cations]=15 M
not known) in an Eudiometer tube (operating at Sol.
a constant Pressure and temperature) to cause
the above.
If on causing the reaction there is no volume
change observed then which of the following
statement is/are correct.
(A) (a + b) = (c + d)
(B) average molecular mass may increase or
decrease if either of A or B is present in limited 19. A mixture of 100 ml of CO, CO 2 and O2 was
amount. sparked. When the resulting gaseous mixture was
(C) Vapour Density of the mixture will remain passed through KOH solution, contraction in
same throughout the course of reaction. volume was found to be 80 ml, the composition
of initial mixture may be (in the same order)
(D) Total moles of all the component of mixture
will change. (A) 30 ml, 60 ml, 10 ml
Sol. (B) 30 ml, 50 ml, 20 ml
(C) 50 ml, 30 ml, 20 ml
(D) 30 ml, 40 ml, 30 ml
Sol.

20. Given following series of reactions : Sol.

(I) NH3 + O 2 NO + H2O
(II) NO + O2 NO 2
(III) NO2 + H2O HNO3 + HNO2
(IV) HNO2 HNO3 + NO + H2O
23. An organic compound is burnt with excess of O2
Select the correct option (s) : to produce CO2 (g) and H2 O(l), which results in
(A) Moles of HNO3 obtained is half of moles of 25% volume contraction. Which of the following
Ammonia used if HNO 2 is not used to produce option(s) satisfy the given conditions.
HNO3 by reaction (IV)
(A) 10 ml C3 H8 + 110 ml O2
100
(B) % more HNO3 will be produced if HNO2 is (B) 20 ml C2H6O + 80 ml O2
6
used to produce HNO3 by reaction (IV) than if (C) 10 ml C3H6O2 + 50 ml O 2
HNO2 is not used to produce HNO 3 by reaction (D) 40 ml C2 H2 O4 + 60 ml O 2
(IV) Sol.
1
(C) If HNO2 is used to produce HNO 3 then th
4
of total HNO3 is produced by reaction (IV)
(D) Moles of NO produced in reaction (IV) is
50% of moles of total HNO3 produced. 24. A sample of H2 O2 solution labelled as 56 volume
Sol. has density of 530 gm/L. Mark the correct
option(s) representing concentration of same
solution in other units. (Solution contains only
H2O and H2 O2)
(A) MH2O 2 6
w
(B) % 17
v
(C) Mole fraction of H 2O 2 = 0.25
21. Solution(s) containing 40 gm NaOH is/are
1000
(A) 50 gm of 80% (w/w) NaOH (D) m H2O 2
72
(B) 50 gm of 80% (w/v) NaOH [dsoln = 1.2 gm/ml]
Sol.
(C) 50 gm of 20 M NaOH [dsoln = 1 gm/ml]
(D) 50 gm of 5m NaOH
Sol.
25. Solution(s) containing 30 gm CH3COOH is/are

(A) 50 gm of 70% (w/v) CH 3COOH [d sol = 1.4
gm/ml]
(B) 50 gm of 10 M CH3COOH [dsol = 1 gm/ml]
(C) 50 gm of 60% (w/w) CH3COOH
(D) 50 gm of 10 m CH3 COOH
Sol.
22. The incorrect statement(s) regarding 2M MgCl2
aqueous solution is/are (dsolution = 1.09 gm/ml)
(A) Molality of Cl is 4.44 m
(B) Mole fraction of MgCl 2 is exactly 0.035
(C) The conc. of MgCl 2 is 19% w/v
(D) The conc. of MgCl2 is 19 × 104 ppm
26. ‘2V’ ml of 1 M Na2 SO4 is mixed with ‘V’ ml of 2M Sol.

Ba(NO3 )2 solution.
(A) Molarity of Na+ ion in final solution can’t be
calculated as V is not known.
2
(B) Molarity of BaSO4 in final solution is M 29. Column I Column II
3
(A) 10 M MgO (P) W solvent = 120 gm
4 (dsol = 1.20 gm/ml) per 100 ml of solution.
(C) Molarity of NO3– in final solution is M
3 Solute: MgO, Solvent:H2 O
(B) 40% w/v NaOH (Q) W sol = 150 gm
2 (dsol. = 1.6 gm/ml) per 100 gm solvent
(D) Molarity of NO–3 in final solution is M
3
Solute:NaOH,Solvent:H2 O
Sol. (C) 8 m CaCO3 (R) Wsolute = 120 gm per
Solute:CaCO3 ,Solvent:H 2O 100 gm of solvent
(D) 0.6 mol fraction of ‘X’ (S) W solvent = 125 gm
(molecular mass = 20) per 100 gm of solute
in ‘Y’ (molecular mass 25)
Solute : X, Solvent : Y
Match the Column
Sol.
27. One type of artifical diamond (commonly called

YAG for yttrium aluminium garnet) can be
represented by the formula Y3 Al 5O 12 [Y = 89, Al
= 27]
30. Bunty & Bubbly have two separate containers
Column I Column II one having N 2 gas & other H2 gas : It is known
Element Weight percentage that N 2 & H2 react to give N 2H2(l) and/or N 2 H4
(A) Y (P) 22.73 % (g) depending upon the ratio in which N 2 & H2
are taken & that N 2 H2 reacts with H 2 to give
(B) Al (Q) 32.32 %
N 2H4 . Formation of 1 mole of N2 H4 requires 30
(C) O (R) 44.95 % units of energy & formation of 1 mole of N 2 H2 (l)
Sol. release 30 units of energy. From this information
match Column I (representing composition of
gases taken) with Column II (representing the
observation)
Column I Column II
(Composition of gases)(Observation)
(A) 40 lit N 2 & 30 lit H2 (P) Contraction by 22.4 lit
(same tem perature &
pressure)
28. The recommended daily dose is 17.6 milligrams (B) 11.2 lit of N2 & H2 (Q) Contraction by 20 lit.
of vitamin C (ascorbic acid) having formula taken at 1 atm & 273 K
C6H8O 6. in a ratio such that max.
release of energy
Match the following. Given : NA = 6 × 10 23
is observed
Column I Column II
(C) 11.2 lit of N2 & 30 lit (R) Contraction by 60 lit
(A) O-atoms present (P) 10 –4 mole of H2 (same temperature
(B) Moles of vitamin C in 1gm (Q) 5.68 × 10 –3 & pressure)
of vitamin C (D) 10 lit of N2 & more
than 22.4 lit of H 2 (S) Contraction by 11.2 lit
(C) Moles of vitamin C in 1gm (R) 3.6 × 1020
(same temperature &
should be consumed daily pressure)

Sol. COMPREHENSION
32. A 4.925 g sample of a mixture of CuCl2 and CuBr2

was dissolved in water and mixed thoroughly with
a
5.74 g portion of AgCl. After the reaction the
solid, a mixture of AgCl, and AgBr, was filtered,
washed, and dried. Its mass was found to be
6.63 g.
(a) % By mass of CuBr2 in original mixture is
(A) 2.24 (B) 74.5
(C) 45.3 (D) None
31. Br2 reacts with O 2 in either of the following ways
(b) % By mass of Cu in original mixture is
depending upon supply of O2.
(A) 38.68 (B) 19.05
1 3 (C) 3.86 (D) None
Br2 + O2 Br2 O , Br2 O2 Br2 O3
2 2 (c) % by mole of AgBr in dried precipitate is
Match composition of the final mixture for initial (A) 25 (B) 50
amount of reactants. (C) 75 (D) 60
Column I Column II (d) No. of moles of Cl – ion present in the
(Initial reactants) (Final product) solution after precipitation are
(A) 320 gm Br2 is mixed (P) 1 mole Br2 O3 (A) 0.06 (B) 0.02
with 64 gm of O 2 (C) 0.04 (D) None
1 Sol.
(B) 160 gm Br2 is mixed (Q) mole (Br2 O),
2
1
with 8 gm of O 2 mole (Br2 )
2
(C) 80 gm Br2 is mixed with (R) 1 mole (Br2 O), 1 32
gm of O 2 mole (Br2O3)
1 33. Na Br, u sed t o pr o duce AgBr fo r us e i n

(D) 160 gm Br2 is mixed with (S) mole (Br2 O3),
2 photography can be self prepared as follows :
1 Fe + Br2 FeBr2 ...(i)
48 gm of O2 mole (O2 ) FeBr2 + Br2 Fe3Br 8 ...(ii) (not balanced)
4
Fe3 Br8 + Na2CO 3 NaBr + CO2 + Fe3O4 ...(iii)
Sol.
(not balanced)
(a) Mass of iron required to produce 2.06 × 10 3
kg NaBr
(A) 420 gm (B) 420 kg
(C) 4.2 × 10 kg
5
(D) 4.2 × 10 8 gm
(b) If the yield of (ii) is 60% & (iii) reaction is
70% then mass of iron required to produce 2.06
× 10 3 kg NaBr
(A) 105kg (B) 105 gm
(C) 10 3 kg (D) None
(c) If yield of (iii) reaction is 90% then mole of
CO 2 formed when 2.06 × 103 gm NaBr is formed :
(A) 20 (B) 10
(C) 40 (D) None
Sol. 35. For a gaseous reaction,

2A(g) 3B(g) + C(g)
Whose extent of disso ciati on depends o n
temperature is performed in a closed container,
it is known that extent of dissociation of A is
different in different temperature range. With in
a temperature range it is constant. (Temperature
range T0 – T1, T1 – T2 , T2 – T ). A plot of P v/s T
is drawn under the given condition. Given : tan
55 = 1.42, tan 50 = 1.19, tan 60 = 1.73
60°
34. N2 O5 and H2 O can react to form HNO 3, according 55°

to given reaction
N2 O5 + H2O 2HNO 3 50°
T0 T1 T2 T(k)
the concentration of a mi xture of HNO 3 and
N2 O5 (g) can be expressed similar to oleum. Then (a) If Ti – Ti 1 is the degree of dissociation of A
answer the following question. then in the temperature range Ti Ti + 1
(a) Find the percentage labelling of a mixture
(A) T0 – Ti is lowest (B) T0 – Ti is highest
containing 23 gm HNO3 and 27 gm N2 O5.
(A) 104.5% (B) 109% (C) T2 – T 1 (D) T2 – T 0
(C) 113.5% (D) 118% (b) If initially 1 mole of A is taken in a 0.0821 l
(b) Find the maximum and minimum value of container then [R = 0.0821 atm lit/k]
percentage labelling : (A) T0 – Ti 0. 19 (B) T0 – T1 0.095
(A) 133.3% (B) 116.66%, 0% 0. 42 0.73
(C) T1 – T2 (D) T1 – T2
(C) 116.66%, 100% (D) None
Sol.
(c) Find the new labelling if 100 gm of this mixture
(original) is mixed with 4.5 gm water
4. 5 4 .5
(A) 100 + (B) 100 +
1 1.045
36. A 10 ml mixture of N 2, a alkane & O 2 undergo
4 .5 4 .5 combustion in Eudiometry tube. There was
(C) 100 + (D) 100 + contraction of 2 ml, when residual gases are
104. 5 1. 09
passed through KOH. To the remaining mixture
Sol. comprising of only one gas excess H 2 was added
& after combustion the gas produced is absorbed
by water, causing a reduction in volume of 8 ml.
(a) Gas produced after introduction of H2 in the
mixture ?
(A) H2O (B) CH4
(C) CO 2 (D) NH3
(b) Volume of N 2 present in the mixture ?
(A) 2 ml (B) 4 ml
(C) 6 ml (D) 8 ml
(c) Volume of O 2 remai ned after the fi rst
combustion ?
(A) 4 ml (B) 2 ml
(C) 0 (D) 8 ml
(d) Identify the hydrocarbon.
(A) CH4 (B) C2 H6
(C) C3H8 (D) C4H10

Sol. Sol.
40. Statement-1 : 1 g-atom of sulphur contains

37. An evacuated glass vessel weighs 50 gm when Avogadro number of sulphur molecules
empty, 148.0 g when completely filled with liquid
Statement-2 : Atomicity of sulphur is eight.
of density 0.98 gml–1 and 50.5 g when filled with
an ideal gas at 760 mm at 300 K. Determine the Sol.
molecular weight of the gas. [JEE ‘98,3]
Sol.
41. Statement-1 : The number of O atoms in

38. At 100° C and 1 atmp, if the density of liquid 1 gm. of O 2, 1 gm O 3 and 1 gm of atomic
water is 1.0 g cm –3 and that of water vapour is oxygen is same.
0.0006 g cm–3 , then the volume occupied by S ta te m en t- 2 : E ach o f th e spe ci e s
water molecules 1 L of steam at that temperature represents 1/16 gm-atom of oxygen.
is : [JEE ‘2001 (Scr), 1] Sol.
(A) 6 cm3 (B) 60 cm 3
(C) 0.6 cm3 (D) 0.06 cm3
Sol.
42. Statement-1 : The rati o by volume of H 2 :

Cl 2 : HCl in a reaction H 2(g) + Cl 2(g) 2HCl(g)
Each of the questions given below consists of is 1 : 1 : 2.
Statement-I and Statement-II. Use the following Statement-2 : Substances always react in
Key to choose the appropriate answer. such a way that their volume ratio i s in
(A) If both statement-1 and statement-2 are si mple integers.
correct, and statement-2 is the correct explana- Sol.
tion of statement-1
(B) If both statement-1 and statement-2 are cor-
rect, and statement-2 is not the correct explanation of
statement-1
(C) If statement-1 is correct and statement-2 is
43. Statement-1 : 0.2 N H 2 SO 4 solution has
incorrect
molarity equal to 0.2 M.
(D) If statement-1 is incorrect and statement-2
Statement-2 : H2SO 4 is a diabasic acid.
is correct
Sol.
39 Statement-1 : Molarity of pure water is

55.5 M.
Sta tement-2 : M ol ari ty is temperature
dependent parameter
Integer Type 48. 1.5 gm of di valent metal displaced 4 gm of

44. If one mole of ethanol (C 2H5OH) completely copper (at. wt. = 64) from a soluti on of
burns to form carbon dioxide and water, the copper sulphate. The atomic weight of the
weight of carbon dioxide formed is about - metal is-
Sol. Sol.
45. How many grams are contai ned in 1gm-atom

of Na
Sol.
49. Assuming that petrol is iso-octane (C8H18) and
has density 0.8 gm/ml, 1.425 litre of petrol on
complete combustion will consume oxygen -
Sol.
46. The mass of CaCO3 produced when carbon

dioxide is passed in excess through 500 ml of
0.5 M Ca(OH) 2 wi ll be-
Sol.
50. A mixture containing 100 gm H 2 and 100 gm

O 2 is ignited so that water is formed according
to the reaction, 2H 2 + O 2 2H 2O; How
47. The mass of oxygen that would be required
much water will be formed -
to produce enough CO, which completely
reduces 1.6 kg Fe2O 3 (at. mass Fe = 56) is- Sol.
Sol.

EXERCISE – III SUBJECTIVE PROBLEMS (JEE ADVANCED)

3
1. A2 2B 2 A 2B 4 and A2 2B 2 A 3B 4 4. Chloride samples are prepared for analysis by
2
using NaCl, KCl and NH 4 Cl separately or as
Two substance A2 & B2 react in the above manner mixture. What minimum volume of 5% by weight
when A2 is limited it gives A 2 B4 , when in excess AgNO 3 solution (sp gr., 1.04 g ml–1) must be added
gives A3 B 4. A 2B 4 can be converted to A 3B 4 when to a sample of 0.3 g in order to ensure complete
reacted with A2 . Using this information calculate precipitation of chloride in every possible case ?
the composition of the final mixture when Sol.
mentioned amount of A2 & B2 are taken
(i) If 4 moles of A2 & 4 moles of B2 is taken in
reaction container
1
(ii) If moles of A 2 & 2 moles of B2 is taken in
2
reaction container
5
(iii) If moles of A 2 & 2 moles of B 2 is taken
4
Sol.
5. One litre of milk weighs 1.035 kg. The butter fat
is 10% (v/v) of milk has density of 875 kg/m 3.
The density of fat free skimed milk is ?
Sol.
2. How much minimum volume of 0.1 M aluminium

sulphate solution should be added to excess
calcium nitrate to obtain atleast 1 gm of each
salt in the reaction.
Al2 (SO 4 ) 3 3Ca(NO 3 )2 2Al( NO3 )3 3CaSO 4

Sol. 6. 10 mL of gaseous organic compound contain C,
H and O only was mixed with 100 mL of O2 and
exploded under identical conditions and then
cooled. The volume left after cooling was 90
mL. On treatment with KOH a contraction of 20
Ml was observed. If vapour density of compound
is 23, derive molecular formula of the compound.
3. A sample of fuming sulphuric acid containing Sol.
H2 SO4 , SO 3 and SO 2 weighing 1.00 g is found to
require 23.47 ml of 1.00 M alkali (NaOH) for
neutralisation. A separate sample shows the
presence of 1.50% SO2 . Find the percentage of
“free” SO3 , H2 SO4 and “combined” SO3 in the
sample.
Sol.
7. For a hypothetical chemical reaction represented Sol.

by
3 A ( g) C( g) D( g) , the following informations

are known.
Information
10. Consider the following set reactions
(i) At t = 0, only 1 mole of A is present and the
gas has V.D. = 60.
(ii) At t = 30 min, the gaseous mixture consist of CH3
all three gases and has a vapour density = 75. O
||
(iii) Molecular Mass of C = 200 CH C O H
Calculate O
(a) Molecular weight of A and D. ||
CH C O H
(b) Moles of each specie at t = 30 min.
Sol. O
||
CH C O H n times
CH3
8. AgNO3 Silver Salt White resideu

PCl 3 Cl 2 PCl 5 ( excess )
PCl 3 3H 2 O H3PO 3 3HCl If 0.1 moles of silver salt is taken & wt. of residue
obtained is 54 gms then what will be the molecular
A sample containing very large amount of PCl3
mass of
was exposed to a sample of “Chlorinated water”
CH CH....... CH
having Cl2 dissolved in H2 O so that the above CH3 | | | CH3
two reactions occurred. It was observed that Br Br Br n
ration of mass of PCl5 to mass of H3 PO3 was 417 Sol.
: 246. From this information calculate.
(i) ratio of moles of PCl 5 to moles of H3 PO 3 .
(i i) ratio of mol es of Cl 2 : H 2 O present in
chlorinated water
(iii) Molality (m) of Chlorine in Chlorinated water.
Sol.
11. 124 gm of mixture containing NaHCO 3, AlCl 3 &

KNO 3 requires 500 ml, 8% w/w NaOH solution
[d NaOH = 1.8 gm/ml] for complete neutralisation.
On heating same amount of mixture, it shows
loss in weight of 18.6 gm. Calculate % composition
9. A mixture of H 2, N 2 & O 2 occupying 100 ml of mixture by moles. Weak base formed doesn’t
underwent reaction so as to from H2 O2 (l) and interfere in reaction. Assume KNO 3 does not
N2H2(g) as the only products, causing the volume decompose under given conditions.
to contract by 60 ml. The remaining mixture was Sol.
passed through pyrogallol causing a contraction
of 10ml. To the remaining mixture excess H2 was
added and the above reaction was repeated,
causing a reduction in volume of 10 ml. Identify
the composition of the initial mixture in mol %.
(No other products are formed)

12. A mixture of three gases an alkane (general Sol.

formula Cn H2n + 2), an alkene (general formula
CxH2x) and O 2 was subjected to sparking to cause
combustion of both the hydrocarbon at 127ºC.
After the reaction three gases were present and
none of the hydrocarbon remained. On passing
the gases through KOH (abso rb CO 2 ), an
increment in mass of KOH solution by 132 gm
was observed. The remaining gases were passed
over white anhydrous CuSO4 and the weight of
blue hydrated CuSO4 crystals was found to be
72 gm more than that of white anhydrous CuSo4. 14. The vapours of organic compound was burnt in
Given that initially total 10 moles of the three oxygen. Equal volume of both gaseous substance
gases were taken and moles of alkane and were taken at same pressure and temperature.
alkene were equal and if molecular mass of After the reaction, the system was returned to
alkene molecular mass of alkane = 12 i.e. (Malk ene the original condition and it turn out that its
– M alkane = 12), then answer the follo wi ng vol ume has no t changed. T he pro duct of
questions. (Show calculations) combustion contain 50% CO2 (g) and 50% H2O(g)
(a) Which three gases are remained after the by volume and no other gas. Find the molecular
combustion reactions. weight of organic compound (in gram/mol) in
(b) What are the number of moles of product question.
gases. Sol.
(c) What is the molecular formula of the two
hydrocarbon.
(d) What is the number of moles of each of the
two hydrocarbons and O 2 gas taken initially.
Sol.
15. “Prussian blue” can be prepared by the following

reactions.
I. Fe H 2SO 4 FeSO 4 H2
13. H2 O 2 2K I 40 % yield
I2 2KOH 1
II. FeSO 4 H2 SO 4 O Fe 2 ( SO 4 )3 H 2O
2 2
50% yield
H2O2 2KMnO 4 3H2SO 4 III. Fe 2 (SO 4 ) 3 K 4 [Fe(CN) 6 ] Fe 4 [Fe( CN)6 ] 3 K 2SO 4
K 2SO 4 2MnSO4 3O2 4H2O
Calculate number of moles of Fe4 [Fe(CN)6 ]3
100 ml of H2O sample was divided into two parts. produced, if
First part was treated with KI. And KOH formed (i) 50 moles of Fe and 30 moles of H 2 SO4 are
required 200 ml of M/2 H 2 SO4 for complete used with sufficient amount of other reactants.
neutralisation. Other part was treated with just (ii) 50 moles of Fe, 70 moles of H 2 SO4 and 30
sufficient KMnO4 yielding 6.74 lit. of O2 at 1 atm moles of K 4[Fe(CN) 6 ] are used with sufficient
& 273 K. Calculate amount of other reactants.
(a) Moles of KOH produced (iii) 400 moles of Fe are used with sufficient
(b) Moles of KMnO4 used amount of other reactants (assuming the yield
(c) Total moles of H 2O 2 used in both reaction of I, II & III reactions are 50%, 40% and 60%
(d) Volume strength of H2 O 2 used. respectively).
Sol. 20. The chief ore of Zn is the sulphide, ZnS. The ore
is concentrated by froth floatation process and
then heated in air to convert ZnS to ZnO.
75%
2ZnS 3O 2 2ZnO 2SO 2
100 %
ZnO H2 SO 4 ZnSO 4 H2 O
16. A chemist wants to prepare diborane by the
80 %
reaction 6LiH + 8BF3 6LiBF4 + B2H6 2ZnSO 4 2H2O 2 Zn 2H 2SO 4 O2
If he starts with 2.0 moles each of LiH & BF3 . (a) What mass of Zn will be obtained from a
How many moles of B2 H6 can be prepared. sample of ore containing 291 kg of ZnS.
Sol. (b) Calculate the volume of O 2 produced at 1
atm & 273 K in part (a).
Sol.
17. Carbon reacts with chlorine to form CCl4 . 36 gm

of carbon was mixed with 142 g of Cl2 . Calculate
mass of CCl4 produced and the remaining mass
of reactant.
Sol. 21. In a determination of P an aqueous solution of
NaH2PO 4 is treated with a mixture of ammonium
and magnesium ions to precipitate magnesium
ammonium phosphate Mg(NH4)PO4 , 6H2O. This is
h ea te d an d de co mpo sed t o ma gne si u m
pyrophosphate, Mg2 P2 O 7 which is weighed. A
solution of NaH 2 PO 4 yielded 1.054 g of Mg2 P2 O7.
MISCELLANEOUS PROBLEM What weight of NaH2PO4 was present originally ?
Sol.
18. P4S 3 + 8O 2 P 4 O10 + 3SO 2
Calculate minimum mass of P4S 3 is required to
produce atleast 1 gm of each product.
Sol.
22. A mixture of nitrogen and hydrogen. In the ratio

of one mole of nitrogen to three moles of
hydrogen, was partially converted into NH 3 so
that the final product was a mixture of all these
three gases. The mixture was to have a density
19. By the reaction of carbon and oxygen, a mixture of 0.497 g per litre at 25ºC and 1.00 atm. What
o f CO and CO 2 i s o btai ned. W hat i s the would be the mass of gas in 22.4 liters at 1atm
composition by mass of the mixture obtained when and 273 K ? Calculate the % composition of this
20 grams of O 2 reacts with 12 grams of carbon ? gaseous mixture by volume.
Sol. Sol.

23. 1gm sample of KClO3 was heated under such 26. Density of a solution containing 13% by mass of
conditions that a part of it decomposed according sulphuric acid is 1.09 g/mL. Then molarity of
to the equation (1) 2KClO3 –– 2 KCl + 3O 2 solution will be.
and remaining underwent change according to Sol.
the equation. (2) 4KClO3 –– 3 KClO 4 + KCl
If the amount of O2 evolved was 112 ml at 1 atm
and 273 K., calculate the % by weight of KClO4
in the residue.
Sol.
27. The density of a solution containing 40% by mass

of HCl is 1.2 g/mL. Calculate the molarity of the
solution.
24. In one process for waterproofing, a fabric is Sol.
exposed to (CH3)2 SiCl2 vapour. The vapour reacts
with hydroxyl groups on the surface of the fabric
or with traces of water to form the waterproofing
film [(CH3) 2SiO] n , by the reaction
n( CH3 )2 SiCl 2 2nOH 2nCl nH2O [( CH3 ) 2 SiO ] n

wher e n stands for a l arge i nteger. Th e
waterproofing film is deposited on the fabric layer
upon layer. Each l ayer i s 6.0 Å thi ck [the 28. 15g of methyl alcohol is present in 100 mL of
thickness of the (CH3 )2 SiO group]. How much solution. If density of solution is 0.90 g mL–1.
(CH3 )2 SiCl2 is needed to waterproof one side of Calculate the mass percentage of methyl alcohol
a piece of fabric, 1.00 m by 3.00 m, with a film in solution
300 layers thick ? The density of the film is Sol.
1.0 g/cm3 .
Sol.
CONCENTRATION TERMS
29. Units of parts per million (ppm) or per billion (ppb)
25. Calculate the molarity of the following solutions are often used to describe the concentrations
(a) 4g of caustic soda is dissolved in 200 mL of of solutes in very dilute solutions. The units are
the solution. defined as the number of grams of solute per
(b) 5.3 g of anhydrous sodium carbonate is million or per billion grams of solvent. Bay of Bengal
dissolved in 100 mL of solution has 1.9 ppm of lithium ions. What is the molality
(c) 0.365 g of pure HCl gas is dissolved in 50 mL of Li + in this water ?
of solution. Sol.
Sol.
30. A 6.90 M solution of KOH in water contains 30% 34. (a) Find molarity of Ca2+ and NO 3– in 2 M Ca(NO 3)2
by mass of KOH. What is density of solution in aqueous solution of density 1.328 g/mL.
gm/ml. (b) Also find mole fraction of solvent in solution.
Sol. Sol.
35. Calculate molality (m) of each ion present in the

31. A solution of specific gravity 1.6 is 67% by aqueous solution of 2M NH 4 Cl assuming 100%
weight. What will be % by weight of the solution dissociation according to reaction.
of same acid if it is diluted to specific gravity
NH4 Cl (aq ) NH 4 (aq) Cl (aq )
1.2 ?
Sol. Given : Density of solution = 3.107 gm/ml.
Sol.
36. 500 ml of 2 M NaCl solution was mixed with 200

ml of 2 M NaCl solution. Calculate the final volume
32. Find out the volume of 98% w/w H2SO 4 (density = and molarity of NaCl in final solution if final
1.8 gm/ml) must be diluted to prepare 12.5 litres solution has density 1.5 gm/ml.
of 2.5 M sulphuric acid solution. Sol.
Sol.
EXPERIMENTAL METHODS
33. Determine the volume of diluted nitric acid (d = 37. What is the percentage of nitrogen in an organic
1.11 gmL–1 , 19% w/v HNO3) That can be prepared compound 0.14 gm of which gave by Dumas
by diluting with water 50 mL of conc. HNO3 (d = method 82.1 c.c. of nitrogen collected over water
1.42 g ML–1, 69.8 % w/v). at 27ºC and at a barometric pressure of 774.5
Sol. mm ? (aqueous tension of water at 27ºC is 14.5
mm)
Sol.

38. 0.20 gm of an organic compound was treated by Sol.

Kjeldahl’s method and the resulting ammonia was
passed into 50 cc of M/4 H2 SO4 . The residual
acid was then found to require 40 cc of M/2
NaOH for neutralisation. What is the percentage
of nitrogen in the compound ?
Sol.
42. The molecular mass of an organi c aci d was

determined by the study of its barium salt. 2.562
g of salt was quantitatively converted to free
acid by the reaction 30 ml of 0.2 M H 2 SO 4, the
barium salt was found to have two moles of water
39. 0.252 gm of an organic compound gave on of hydration per Ba+2 ion and the acid is mono
complete combustion 0.22 gm of carbon dioxide basic. What is molecular weight of anhydrous
and 0.135 gm of water. 0.252 gm of the same acid ? (At mass of Ba = 137)
compound gave by Carius method 0.7175 gm of Sol.
silver chloride. What is the empirical formula of
the compound ?
Sol.
SOME TYPICAL CONCENTRATION TERMS
43. Calculate composition of the final solution if 100

gm oleum labelled as 109% is added with
40. 0.6872 gm of an organic compound gave on (a) 9 gm water (b) 18 gm water
complete combustion 1.466 gm of carbon dioxide (c) 120 gm water
and 0.4283 gm of water. A given weight of the Sol.
compound when heated with nitric acid and silver
nitrate gave an equal weight of silver chloride.
0.3178 gm of the compound gave 26.0 cc of
nitrogen at 15ºC and 765 mm pressure. Deduce
the empirical formula of the compound ?
Sol.
44. For ‘44.8 V’ H2 O2 solution having d = 1.136 gm/

ml calculate
(i) Molarity of H2 O2 solution.
(ii) Mole fraction of H 2 O2 solution.
Sol.
41. 0.80 g of the chloroplatinate of a mono acid

base on ignition gave 0.262 g of Pt. Calculate
the mol wt of the base.
45. An oleum sample is labelled as 118%, Calculate Sol.

(i) Mass of H2SO4 in 100 gm oleum sample.
(ii) Maximum mass of H2 SO4 that can be obtained
if 30 gm sample is taken.
(iii) Composition of mixture (mass of components)
if 40 gm water is added to 30 gm given oleum
sample.
Sol.
49. When a certain quantity of oxygen was ozonised

in a suitable apparatus, the volume decreased
by 4 ml. On addition of turpentine the volume
further decreased by 8 ml. All volumes were
measured at the same temperature and pressure.
From these data, establish the formula of ozone.
Sol.
EUDIOMETRY
46. 10ml of a mixture of CO, CH 4 and N 2 exploded

with excess of oxygen gave a contraction of 6.5
ml. There was a further contraction of 7 ml,
when the residual gas treated with KOH. Volume
of CO, CH4 and N2 respectively is
Sol.
50. 10 ml of ammonia were enclosed in an eudiometer

and subjected to electric sparks. The sparks
were continued till there was no further increase
in volume. The volume after sparking measured
20 ml. Now 30 ml of O 2 were added and sparking
was continued again. The new volume then
measured 27.5 ml. All volume were measured
47. When 100 ml of a O 2 – O 3 mixture was passed
under identical conditions of temperature and
through turpentine, there was reduction of
pressure. V.D. of ammonia is 8.5. Calculate the
volume by 20 ml. If 100 ml of such a mixture is
molecular formula of ammonia. Nitrogen and
heated, what will be the increase in volume ?
Hydrogen are diatomic.
Sol.
Sol.
48. 60 ml of a mixture of nitrous oxide and nitric

oxide was exploded with excess of hydrogen. If
38 ml of N 2 was formed, calculate the volume of
each gas in the mixture.

EXERCISE – IV PREVIOUS YEARS
L EVEL – I JEE MAIN
1. The weight of 2.01 × 1023 molecules of CO is - Sol.
[AIEEE-2002]
(A) 9.3 gm (B) 7.2 gm
(C) 1.2 gm (D) 3 gm
Sol.
5. How many mol es of magnesium phosphate,

Mg3(PO 4) 2 will contain 0.25 mole of oxygen at-
2. In an organic compound of molar mass 108 gm oms ? [AIEEE 2006]
mol–1 C, H and N atoms are present in 9 : 1 : 3.5 (A) 3.125 × 10 –2 (B) 1.25 × 10 –2
by weight. Molecular formula can be – (C) 2.5 × 10 –2 (D) 0.02
[AIEEE-2002] Sol.
(A) C6H8N 2 (B) C7H10N
(C) C5H6N 3 (D) C4H18N3
Sol.
6. In the reaction, [AIEEE 2007]

2Al (s)+6HCl(aq) 2Al3+ (aq)+6Cl (aq)+3H2(g) ,
(A) 6L HCl (aq) is consumed for every 3L H2(g)
produced
3. Number of atoms in 560 gm of Fe (atomic mass
(B) 33.6 L H 2(g) is produced regardless of
56 g mol–1) is – [AIEEE-2003]
temperature and pressure for every mole Al
(A) is twice that of 70 gm N that reacts
(B) is half that of 20 gm H
(C) 67.2 L H 2(g) at STP is produced for every
(C) both are correct mole Al that reacts
(D) None is correct (D) 11.2 L H 2(g) at STP is produced for every
Sol. mole HCl (aq) consumed
Sol.
4. 6.02 ×1020 molecules of urea are present in

100 ml of its solution. The concentration of urea
solution is - [AIEEE-2004]
(A) 0.001 M (B) 0.01 M
(C) 0.02 M (D) 0.1 M
(Avogadro constant, N A = 6.02 ×10 23 mol –1)
LEVEL – II JEE ADVANCED

5. 20% surface sites have adsorbed N2 . On heating
1. How many moles of e– weigh one Kg N 2 gas evolved from sites and were collected at
0.001 atm and 298 K in a container or volume is
1 2.46 cm 3. Density of surface sites is 6.023 ×
(A) 6.023 × 1023 (B) × 10 31
9.108 10 14/cm2 and surface area is 1000 cm 2 , find out
the no. of surface sites occupied per molecule
6. 023 1
(C) 10 54 (D) 10 8 of N 2. [JEE 2005]
9. 108 9.108 6.023
Sol.
[JEE ‘2002 (Scr), 1]
Sol.
6. Dissolving 120 g of urea (mol. wt. 60) in 1000 g

of water gave a solution of density 1.15 g/mL.
The molarity of the solution is:[JEE 2011]
2. Calculate the molarity of pure water using its (A) 1.78 M (B) 2.00 M
density to be 1000 kg m–3. [JEE’ 2003] (C) 2.05 M (D) 2.22 M
Sol. Sol.
7. Reaction of Br2 with Na2CO3 in aqueous solution

3. One gm of charcoal absorbs 100 ml 0.5 M gives sodium bromide and sodium bromate with
CH3 COOH to form a monolayer, and there by the evolution of CO2 gas. The number of sodium bro-
molarity of CH3 COOH reduces to 0.49. Calculate mide molecules involved in the balanced chemi-
the surface area of the charcoal adsorbed by cal equation is : [JEE 2011]
each molecule of acetic acid. Surface area of Sol.
charcoal = 3.01 × 102 m2/gm. [JEE’ 2003]
Sol.
8. A decapeptide (Mol. wt. 796) on complete hy-

drolysis gives glycine (Mol. Wt. 75), alanine and
phenylalanine. Glycine contributes 47.0% to the
4. Calculate the amount of Calcium oxide required total weight tto the hydrolysed products. The
when it reacts with 852 gm of P4O 10.[JEE 2005] num ber of gl yci ne uni t s pre sent i n th e
Sol. decapeptideis : [JEE 2011]
Sol.
394,50 - Rajeev Gandhi Nag ar Kota, Ph. No. : 93 141-87482, 0744-22096 71

IVRS No : 0744-2439051, 52, 53, www. motioniitjee.com , info@motioniitjee.com
ANSWER -KEY
Answer Ex–I OBJECTIVE PROBLEMS (JEE MAIN)
1. A 2. A 3. A 4. A 5. A 6. A 7. A 8. A
9. A 10. B 11. A 12. B 13. C 14. A 15. B 16. B
17. A 18. B 19. A 20. A 21. C 22. B 23. A 24. C
25. C 26. D 27. C 28. A 29. C 30. A 31.A 32.C
33. C 34. D 35. B 36. D 37. A 38. B 39.C 40. C
41. D 42. C 43. B 44. B 45. B 46. D 47.D 48. A
49. C 50. B
Answer Ex–II OBJECTIVE PROBLEMS (JEE ADVANCED)
1. 196.169 gm 2. 7.092 × 10 7 3. (a) 4 ; (b) 5000 moles; (c) 1.89 × 10 –22 gm
4. 1.0 × 10 –4% 5. 10 : 0.66 : 1 6. m = 4, C6H2Cl 3
7. (a) C6 H12, (b) C5 H10O5 , (c) H2O 2 , (d) Hg2 Cl 2, (e) H4 F4 8. CH 9. C3H5N, C3H5N
10. Al = 60%; Mg = 40% 11. CaCO3 = 28.4%; MgCO 3 = 71.6%
12. NaHCO3 = 14.9%; Na2 CO3 = 85.1%
13. %NaCl = 77.8% 14. (i) Fe2O 3 + 2Al Al 2 O3 + 2Fe; (ii) 80 : 27 ; (iii) 10,000 units 15. 9.12
16. A,C 17. A, B 18. A,B,C 19. A,B 20. A,C,D 21. A,C 22. B,D 23. A,C
24. B,D 25. B,C 26. C 27. (A) R, (B) P, (C) Q 28. (A) R, (B) Q, (C) P
29. (A) Q; (B) P; (C) S; (D) R 30. (A) R; (B) S; (C) P; (D) Q 31. (A) R, (B) Q, (C) S, (D) P
32. (a) C; (b) A; (c) B (d) A 33. (a) B; (b) C; (c) B 34. (a) B; (b) C; (c) B
35. (a) A; (b) A 36. (a) D; (b) B; (c) C; (d) A 37. 123 g/mol 38. C 39. B
40. D 41. A 42. C 43. D 44. 88 45. 23 46. 25
47. 480 48. 24 49. 125 50. 113
Answer Ex–III SUBJECTIVE PROBLEMS (JEE ADVANCED)
1. (i) A2 = 1, A 3B 4 =2; (ii) B2 =1 A 2B 4=1/2; (iii) A 3 B4 = 0.5 A 2B 4 = 0.5 2. 24.51 ml
3. H2 SO4 = 35.38%, Free SO3 = 63.1%, combined SO3 = 28.89% 4. 18.38 ml
2 1, n 1
5. 1.052 gm/ml 6. C2 H6O 7. (a) mA = 120, m D = 160; (b) n A , n D
C
5 5 5
m 2
8. (i) 2/3 ; (ii) 2/9; (iii) Cl2 1000 mol / kg 9. N2 = 30 ml, H2 = 40 ml 10. 495
9 18
11. AlCl 3 = 33.33 ; NaHCO3 = 50 ; KNO3 = 16.67 12.(a) CO 2, H2 O and O2 ; (b) nCO 2 = 3, n H2 O = 4 ;
(c) C2H4 and CH4 are the H.C; (d) n O2 = 8
13. (a) 0.2; (b) 0.4 moles ; (c) 0.45 ; (d) 50.4 ‘V’ 14. 30 15. (a) 5, (b) 10, (c) 12
16. 0.25 mole 17. wc = 24gm ; W CCl4 = 154 gm 18. 1.1458 19. 21 : 11
20. (a) 117 kg; (b) 20.16 × 103 lit. 21. 1.14 gm 22. 12.15 gm, N 2 = 14.28% H2 = 42.86 %, NH3 = 42.86%
23. 59.72% 24. 0.9413 gram 25. (a) 0.5 M, (b) 0.5 M, (c) o.2 M 26. 1.445 27. 13.15
28. 16.66% 29. 2.7 × 10 –4 30. 1.288 31. 29.77 32. 1.736 litre33. 183.68 ml
34. (a) [Ca2+] = 2 molar [NO3 – ] = 4 molar; (b) 0.965 35. 0.6667, 0.6667 36. 2M
37. 66.67% 38. 35% 39. CH3Cl 40. C7 H10 NCl 41. 92.70 42. 128
43. (a) pure H2 SO4 (109 gm); (b) 109 gm H2 SO4, 9 gm H2O; (c) 109 gm H2SO4 , 111 gm H2O
44. (i) 4M; (ii) 0.06 45. (i) 20 gm H2 SO 4; (ii) 35.4 gm H2SO 4; (iii) H2 SO 4 = 35.4 gm, H2O = 34.6 gm
46. 5 ml, 2ml, 3ml 47. 10 ml 48. NO = 44 ml; N2O = 16 ml 49. O 3 50. NH3

Answer Ex–IV PREVIOUS YEARS PROBLEMS
LEVEL – I JEE MAIN
1. A 2. A 3. C 4. B 5. A 6. D
1. D 2. 55.5 mol L –1 3. 5 × 10 –19 m2 4. 1008 gm
5. 0002 6. C 7. 0005 8. 0006
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS & IDENTITIES Page # 149
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS & IDENTITIES
A. BASIC TRIGONOMETRIC IDENTITIES
(a) sin² + cos² = 1 ; 1 sin 1; 1 cos 1 R

(b) sec² tan² = 1 ; sec 1 R
(c) cosec² cot² = 1 ; cosec 1 R
Important Trigonometric Ratios :
(a) sin n = 0 ; cos n = (-1)n ; tan n = 0 where n I
( 2n 1) ( 2n 1)
(b) sin = ( 1)n & cos = 0 where n I
2 2
Trigonometric Functions Of Allied Angles :
If is any angle , then , 90 ± , 180 ± , 270 ± , 360 ± etc. are called ALLIED ANGLES .
(a) sin ( )= sin ; cos ( ) = cos ; tan ( ) = – tan
(b) sin (90°- ) = cos ; cos (90° ) = sin ; tan (90° ) = cot
(c) sin (90°+ ) = cos ; cos (90°+ ) = sin ; tan (90°+ ) = cot
(d) sin (180° ) = sin ; cos (180° )= cos ; tan (180° ) = tan
(e) sin (180°+ ) = sin ; cos (180°+ ) = cos ; tan (180°+ ) = tan
(f) sin (270° )= cos ; cos (270° )= sin ; tan (270° ) = cot
(g) sin (270°+ ) = cos ; cos (270°+ ) = sin ; tan (270°+ ) = – cot
Ex.1 Express 1·2 radians in degree measure.
180 180 22
Sol. 1·2 radians = 1·2 × degrees = 1·2 × [ = (approx).]
22 / 7 7
1·2 180 7
= = 68·7272 = 68º (·7272 × 60)’ = 68º (43·63)’
22
= 68º 43’ (·63 × 60)” = 68º 43’ 37·8”
9 3
Ex.2 Calculate sin if cos =– and , .
11 2
Sol. For any angle belonging to the indicated interval sin is negative, and therefore sin = – 1 cos 2
2
9 2 10
=– 1 =– .
11 11
5 3
Ex.3 Calculate tan if cos =– and , .
5 2
Sol. For any angle belonging to the indicated interval tan is positive and cos is negative, and
1 cos2
therefore tan = = 2.
cos

Page # 150 TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS & IDENTITIES
5 7
Ex.4 Given that 5 cos2 2 sin 2=0 , then find the value of cot .
4 4 2
Sol. Making a quadratic equation in sin2
3 5 7
(sin + 1) (5 sin 3) = 0 sin = 1 sin = not possible as
5 4 4
3 3 3
= , = cot =1
2 2 4 4
Ex.5 Prove that 3(sin x – cos x)4 + 4(sin6x + cos6x) + 6(sin x + cos x)2 = 13
Sol. L.H.S. = 3[(sin x – cos x)2]2 + 4[(sin2 x)3 + (cos2 x)3)]

+ 6(sin2 x+ cos2x + 2 sin x cos x)
= 3 (sin2 x + cos2 x – 2 sin x cos x)2 + 4(sin2 x + cos2 x) (sin4x + cos4x – sin2 x cos2x)]
+ 6(sin2 x + cos2x + 2 sin x cos x)
= 3(1 – 2 sin x cos x)2 + 4 [(sin4 x + cos4 x ) – sin2 x cos2 x] + 6 (1 + 2 sin x . cos x)
= 3 (1 + 4 sin2x cos2x – 4 sin x cos x) + 4 [(sin2x + cos2x)2
– 2sin2 x cos2x – sin2 x cos 2x] + 6 + 12 sinx cos x
= 3 + 12sin2x cos2x – 12 sin x cos x + 4 (1 – 3 sin2 x cos2x) + 6 + 12 sin x cos x
= 3 + 12 sin2x cos2x + 4 – 12sin2x cos2x + 6 = 13
b a
sin x
1 a
Ex.6 Simplify the expression . a b tan2 x where b > a > 0.
b a 2
b a
1 sin x
a
Sol. After a few simple manipulations, this expression (for brevity denote it by P) can be rewritten
sin x a b tan 2 x sin x a b tan 2 x

P=
a (b a ) sin 2 x a cos 2 x b sin 2 x
Some students handle this as follows:
sin2 x a cos2 x b sin2 x

a b tan2 x a b
cos2 x cos x
and get a wrong answer: P = tan x. In this transformation what we actually have to simplify is the
expression cos 2 x which is equal to |cos x|. And so the final result is P = sinx / |cos x|.
1
Ex.7 If tan = where (0, 2 ), find the possible values of .
1
2
1
2
2
1 1
Sol. Let tan =x= =
1 2 x
2
1
2
2
2 8
x2 + 2x – 1 = 0 x= =( 2 1) 2 1 is not b/w (0, 2 )
2
9
tan = 2 1 = or
8 8
sin 4 cos 4 1 sin 8 cos 8 1

Ex.8 If , prove that
a b a b a3 b3 (a b )3
sin 4 cos 4 1
Sol. Given
a b a b
or, b(a + b) sin4 + a(a + b) (1 – sin2 )2 = ab.
or, b(a + b) sin4 + a(a + b) (1 + sin4 – 2sin2 ) = ab
or, (a + b)2 sin4 – 2a (a + b) sin2 + a2 + ab = ab
or, (a + b)2 sin4 – 2(a + b) sin2 . a + a2 = 0
or, [(a + b) sin2 – a]2 = 0
a b
or, (a + b) sin2 –a=0 sin2 = cos2 =
a b a b
sin8 cos8 a4 b4 a b a b 1
Now, + = + = + = =
a3 b3 (a b )4 .a 3 (a b ) 4 b 3 ( a b )4 (a b )4 (a b )4 ( a b )3
10 y 10 y
Ex.9 If – <x< and y = log10(tan x + sec x). Then the expression E = simplifies to one of the
2 2 2
six trigonometric functions. find the trigonometric function.
1 sin x
Sol. y = log10 (tan x + sec x), y = log10
cos x
1 sin x cos x
10 y 10 y
1 sin2 x 2 sin x cos2 x
E= = cos x 1 sin x =
2 2 cos x(1 sin x)
2
2 sin2 x 2 sin x 2 sin x (1 sin x )

= = = tan x
2 cos x(1 sin x ) 2 cos x (1 sin x )

B. TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS OF SUM OR DIFFERENCE OF TWO ANGLES
(a) sin (A ± B) = sinA cosB ± cosA sinB

(b) cos (A ± B) = cosA cosB sinA sinB
(c) sin²A sin²B = cos²B cos²A = sin (A+B) . sin (A B)
(d) cos²A sin²B = cos²B sin²A = cos (A+B) . cos (A B)
tan A tan B cot A cot B 1

(e) tan (A ± B) = (f) cot (A ± B) =
1 tan A tan B cot B cot A
Factorisation Of The Sum Or Difference Of Two sines Or cosines :

C D C D C D C D
(a) sinC + sinD = 2 sin cos (b) sinC sinD = 2 cos sin
2 2 2 2
C D C D C D C D
(c) cosC + cosD = 2 cos cos (d) cosC cosD = 2 sin sin
2 2 2 2
Transformation Of Products Into Sum Or Difference Of sines & cosines :
(a) 2 sinA cosB = sin(A+B) + sin(A B) (b) 2 cosA sinB = sin(A+B) sin(A B)
(c) 2 cosA cosB = cos(A+B) + cos(A B) (d) 2 sinA sinB = cos(A B) cos(A+B)
Ex.10 Suppose x and y are real numbers such that tan x + tan y = 42 and cot x + cot y = 49. Find the value
of tan(x + y).
Sol. tan x + tan y = 42 and cot x + cot y = 49
tan x tan y
tan(x + y) =
1 tan x tan y
1 1 tan y tan x
now, cot x + cot y = 49 = 49
tan x tan y tan x · tan y = 49
tan x tan y 42 6
tan x · tan y = = =
49 49 7
42 42
tan (x + y) =
1 ( 6 7 ) = 1 7 = 294 Ans.
2 4
Ex.11 If x sin = y sin = z sin then :
3 3
(A) x + y + z = 0 (B) xy + yz + zx = 0 (C) xyz + x + y + z = 1 (D) none
1 3 x 3 1
Sol. x sin =y sin cos = cot
2 2 y 2 2
x 3 1 x x
similarly = cot on adding + = 1 xy + yz + zx = 0 Ans. B
z 2 2 z y
Ex.12 Find satisfying the equation, tan 15° · tan 25° · tan 35° = tan , where (0, 15°).
Sol. LHS = tan 15° · tan (30° – 5°) · tan (30° + 5°)
let t = tan 30° and m = tan 5°
t m t m t 2 m2 3m m3 1 3m2
tan = tan 15° · · = tan 3(5 ) · = ·
1 tm 1 tm 1 t 2 m2 1 3m 2 3 m 2
m (3 m 2 ) (1 3m 2 ) 3 tan x tan3 x
· tan 3 x ;
= = m = tan 5°. Hence = 5° 1 3 tan2 x
(1 3m 2 ) 3 m 2
t tan 30º t 2 1/ 3
Ex.13 If tan A & tan B are the roots of the quadratic equation, a x2 + b x + c = 0 then evaluate
a sin2 (A + B) + b sin (A + B) . cos (A + B) + c cos2 (A + B).
b c
Sol. tan A + tan B = ; tan A . tan B =
a a
b
tan (A + B) = a = b
1 ac c a
Now E = cos2 (A + B) [a tan2 (A + B) + b tan (A + B) + c]
1 a b2 b2 (c a )2 b2 a
= c = 1 c
1 b2 (c a)
2
c a b
2
(c a)
2
c a c a
( c a )2
(c a )2 b2 c
= 2 2 c E=c
b (c a) (c a )2
Ex.14 Show that cos2A + cos2(A + B) + 2 cosA cos(180° + B) · cos(360° + A + B) is independent of A. Hence
find its value when B = 810°.
Sol. cos2 A + cos2 (A + B) – [2 cosA · cosB · cos (A + B)]
cos2 A + cos2(A + B) – [ {cos(A + B) + cos(A – B) } cos (A + B) ]
cos2 A + cos2 (A + B) – cos2(A + B) – (cos2 A – sin2 B)
= sin2 B which is independent of A now, sin2(810°) = sin2 (720° + 90°) = sin2 90° = 1 Ans.
Ex.15 Simplify: cos x · sin(y – z) + cos y · sin(z – x) + cos z · sin (x – y) where x, y, z R.

Sol. (1/2)[sin(y – z + x) + sin(y – z – x) + sin(z – x + y) + sin(z – x – y) + sin(x – y + z) + sin(x – y – z)] = 0
C. MULTIPLE ANGLES AND SUB-MULTIPLE ANGLES
(a) sin 2A = 2 sinA cosA ; sin = 2 sin cos

2 2
(b) cos 2A = cos²A sin²A = 2cos²A 1 = 1 2 sin²A ;
cos = cos² sin² = 2cos² 1= 1 2sin² .

2 2 2 2
2 cos²A = 1 + cos 2A , 2sin²A = 1 cos 2A ;
2 cos² = 1 + cos , 2 sin² =1 cos .

2 2

2 tan A 2 tan 2
(c) tan 2A = ; tan =
2
1 tan A 1 tan 2 2
2tan A 1 tan 2 A
(d) sin 2A = , cos 2A = (e) sin 3A = 3 sinA 4 sin3A
1 tan 2 A 1 tan 2 A
3 tan A tan 3 A
(f) cos 3A = 4 cos3A 3 cosA (g) tan 3A =
1 3 tan 2 A
Important Trigonometric Ratios
3 1 5
(i) sin 15° or sin = = cos 75° or cos ;
12 2 2 12
3 1 5
cos 15° or cos = = sin 75° or sin ;
12 2 2 12
3 1 3 1
tan 15° = =2 3 = cot 75° ; tan 75° = =2 3 = cot 15°
3 1 3 1
2 2 2 2 3
(ii) sin = ; cos = ; tan = 2 1 ; tan = 2 1
8 2 8 2 8 8
5 1 5 1
(iii) sin or sin 18° = & cos 36° or cos =
10 4 5 4
Ex.16 If cot = 1/2, then find the values of sin2 and cos2 .
2 tan 2·2 4 1 tan 2 1 4 3

Sol. sin 2 = = = ; cos 2 = = =–
1 tan 2 1 4 5 1 tan2 1 4 5
tan 8
Ex.17 Prove that = (1 + sec2 ) (1 + sec4 ) (1 + sec8 ).
tan
1 cos 2 1 cos 4 1 cos 8 2 cos 2 2 cos 2 2 2 cos 2 4

Sol. RHS = =
cos 2 cos 4 cos 8 cos 2 cos 4 cos 8
sin 8
cos
[ 8 cos cos 2 cos 4 ] cos sin
= =
cos 8 cos 8
cos x cos 3x
Ex.18 If x = 7.5° then find the value of .
sin 3x sin x
cos x cos 3x 2 sin 2 x sin x
Sol. = = tan 2x = tan (2 × 7.5) = tan 15° = 2 – 3 Ans.
sin 3x sin x 2 sin x cos 2 x
Ex.19 Prove the identity,
3
cos 4 + sin (3 8 ) sin (4 12 ) = 4 cos 2 cos 4 sin 6 .
2
Sol. LHS : sin 4 + sin 8 + sin 12

= 2 sin 8 cos 4 + sin 8 = 2 sin 8 cos 4 + 2 sin 4 cos 4
= 2 cos 4 [sin 8 + sin 4 ] = 2 cos 4 [2 sin 6 cos 2 ] = 4cos 2 cos 4 sin 6
Ex.20 Calculate 4 sin 1 cos 1 .

6 3
Sol. 4sin 1 cos 1 = 2 sin 1 1 sin 1 1

6 3 6 3 6 3
1
= 2 sin 2 sin = 2 sin ( 2)
2 6 2 2 = 2cos (–2) – 1 = 2 cos 2 – 1.
Thus, 4 sin 1 cos 1 = 2 cos 2 – 1.

6 3
2 cos 1
Ex.21 If cos = then find the value of tan cot (0 < < and 0 < < )
2 cos 2 2
1 2 cos 1 cos 3 1 cos

Sol. = = (Componendo & dividendo)
cos 2 cos 1 1 cos 1 cos
tan2 = 3 tan2 tan2 cot2 =3 Ans. 3

2 2 2 2
4 3
Ex.22 Calculate cos if sin = and , .
2 5 2
Sol. First of all we seek cos . Since cos is negative for any angle belonging to the indicated interval,
3
we have cos = – 1 sin 2 =– .
5
3 3
Since , , it follows that , . For any angle belonging to this interval cos is
2 2 4 2 2 2
1 cos 5 5
also negative, and therefore cos =– . Thus cos .
2 2 5 2 5

7 3
Ex.23 Calculate tan if cos 2 = and , .
2 32 4
Sol. Since cos is negative for an angle belonging to the indicated interval,
1 cos 2 39
we have cos = =– .
2 8
3 3
Since , , it follows that , . For any angle belonging to this interval tan
4 2 2 8 2 2
1 cos 8 39
is negative, and therefore tan tan =– .
2 1 cos 2 5
Ex.24 The figure (not drawn to scale) shows a regular octagon ABCDEFGH with diagonal AF = 1. Find the
numerical value of the side of the octagon.
Sol. = 22.5° ( AOB = 45º)
A B
x 2 H
tan 22.5° = · C
2 1 O
G D
x = tan 22.5° = 2 1 F E
tan 1 cot
Ex.25 If = , find the value of .
tan tan 3 3 cot cot 3
tan 1
Sol. = 3 tan = tan – tan 3 2 tan + tan 3 = 0
tan tan 3 3
3 tan tan 3 5
2 tan + = 0, 2(1 – 3 tan2 ) + 3 – tan2 = 0 tan2 =
1 3 tan 2 7
cot tan 3 3 tan tan 3

now, cot cot 3 tan 3 tan 3 tan tan 3
(1 3 tan 2 ) tan
1 3 tan 2
tan ( 3 tan 2 )(1 3 tan 2 ) 3 tan 2 3 (5 7 ) 16 2

= = = = = Ans.
2
tan (1 3 tan )(3 tan 2 2
1 3 tan )
2
2(1 tan ) 2 1 (5 7) 2 ·12 3
tan cot
Alternatively: Prove that + = 1 now proceed
tan tan 3 cot cot 3
Ex.26 In a kite ABCD, AB = AD and CB = CD. If A = 108° and C = 36° then the ratio of the area of ABD to
2
a b tan 36
the area of CBD can be written in the form where a, b and c are relatively prime positive
c
integers. Determine the ordered triple (a, b, c).
Sol. Since the triangles ABD and CBD have a common base,
hence the ratio of their areas equals the ratio of their heights.
h
Since tan 36° = , then h = x tan 36°.
x
k
|||ly tan 72° = then k = x tan 72°.
x
h x tan 36 tan 36 1 tan 2 36
Hence, = = =
k x tan 72 2 tan 36 2
1 tan 2 36
Then ordered triple (a, b, c) is (1,1, 2)
Ex.27 If , , and be the roots of the equation, 2 cos 2 2 cos + 1 = 0, all lying in the interval [0, 2 ]
then find the value of the product, cos . cos . cos . cos .
2 4 16 1 5
Sol. 4 cos2 2 cos 1=0 cos = =
8 4
5 1 5 1 5 6
cos = or cos = = sin = cos = cos
4 4 10 10 10 10
9 3 7
= or ; or
5 5 5 5
3 7 9 1
Hence P = cos cos cos cos =
5 5 5 5 16
Ex.28 If sin x, sin22x and cos x · sin 4x form an increasing geometric sequence, find the numerical value of
Sol. Given sin x, sin22x and cos x · sin 4x are in G.P. (r > 1 as G.P. is increasing)
sin4 2x = (sin x) (cos x) (sin 4x) 16 sin4x cos4 x = sin x cos x sin 4x
3 3
16 sin x cos x = sin 4x (sin x 0, cos x 0)
16(sin x cos x)3 = 2 sin 2x · cos 2x (sin 2x)3 = sin 2x · cos 2x
2
sin 2x = cos 2x (sin 2x 0), 1 – cos 2x = cos 2x, y2 + y – 1 = 0
2
1 5 5 1 1 5
cos 2x = ; cos 2x cannot be hence rejected cos 2x =
2 2 2
5 1
1 cos 2x 1 5 1
2 3 5
sin x = = = =
2 2 2 2 2
5 1 sin 2 2 x
cos 2x = r= = 4 sin x cos2x = 2 sin x(1 + cos 2x)
2 sin x
5 1 5 1 4
r= · = = 2
2 2 2 2

Ex.29 Prove using induction or otherwise that, 2 cos = 2 2 2 ...... 2 2 cos

2n
where R. H. S. contains n radical signs and (0 , ).
Sol. 2 cos = 2 (1 cos )

2
2 cos = 2 1 cos 2 = 2 2 (1 cos )

22
2 cos = 2 1 cos = 2 2 cos = 2 2 2 (1 cos ) and so on.

23 22 22
In the same way 2 cos = 2 2 2 ...... 2 2 cos

2n
1 cos
Similarly 2 sin =2 2n 1
= 2 2 cos
2 n
2 2n 1
= 2 2 2 2 ...... 2 2 cos where R. H. S. contains n radical signs
7
2 3 4 5 6 7 1
Ex.30 Show that cos cos cos cos cos cos cos .
15 15 15 15 15 15 15 2
2 4 2 2
Sol. We have sin = 2 sin cos , sin = 2 sin cos ,
15 15 15 15 15 15
8 4 4 16 8 8
sin = 2 sin cos , sin = 2 sin cos .
15 15 15 15 15 15
16 8 7
Multiplying the equalities and noting that sin = – sin , cos = – cos .
15 15 15 15
2 4 7 1
cos . cos . cos . cos = 4
15 15 15 15 2
5 1 6 3 3 12 6 6
Further cos . and sin = 2 sin cos , sin = 2 sin cos .
15 2 15 15 15 15 15 15
3 6 1
Hence cos . cos = 2 . The rest is obvious.
15 15 2
D. CONDITIONAL IDENTITIES
tan A tan B tan C tan A tan B tan C

tan (A+B+C) =
1 tan A tan B tan B tan C tan C tan A
If A+B+C = then
(a) tanA + tanB + tanC = tanA tanB tanC
A B B C C A
(b) tan tan + tan tan + tan tan =1
2 2 2 2 2 2
(c) sin2A + sin2B + sin2C = 4 sinA sinB sinC
A B C
(d) sinA + sinB + sinC = 4 cos cos cos
2 2 2
(e) cos 2A + cos 2B + cos 2C = –1 – 4 cos A cos B cos C
A B C
(f) cos A + cos B + cos C = 1 + 4 sin sin sin
2 2 2
tan A
Ex.31 If A + B + C = , prove that = tan A 2 cot A .
tan B . tan C
tan 2 A tan 2 B tan 2 C (tan A tan B tan C ) 2 2 tan A tan B

Sol. LHS= =
tan A tan B tan C tan A
[ tan A = tan A]
tan A tan B tan B tan C tan C tan A

= tan A 2 = tan A 2 cot A]
tan A tan B tan C
Ex.32 If A + B + C = and cot = cot A + cot B + cot C, show that ,

sin (A ) . sin (B ) . sin (C ) = sin3 .
Sol. Given cot = cot A + cot B + cot C or cot cot A = cot B + cot C
sin (A ) sin (B C ) sin A sin2 A

or = = or sin (A )= sin (1)
sin sin A sin B sin C sin B sin C sin B sin C
sin2 B sin2 C
similarly sin (B )= sin (2) sin (C )= sin (3)
sin C sin B sin A sin B
Multiplying (1) , (2) and (3) we get the result
Ex.33 Find whether a triangle ABC can exists with the tangents of its interior angle satisfying, tan A = x, tan
B = x + 1 and tan C = 1 – x for some real value of x. Justify your assertion with adequate reasoning.
Sol. In a triangle tan A = tan A (to be proved)
x + x + 1 + 1 – x = x(1 + x)(1 – x)
2 + x = x – x3; x3 = – 2; x = – 21/3
Hence tanA = x < 0 and tanB = x + 1 = 1 – 21/3 < 0
Hence A and B both are obtuse. Which is not possible in a triangle. Hence no such triangle can exist.

Ex.34 Prove that

(a) sin3 A cos (B – C) + sin3 B cos (C – A) + sin3 C cos (A – B) = 3 sin A sin B sin C;
(b) sin3 A sin (B – C) + sin3 B sin (C – A) + sin3 C sin (A – B) = 0
if A + B + C = .
Sol. (a) We have
sin3 A cos (B – C) = sin2 A sin A cos (B – C) =
1
= sin2 A {sin (A + B – C) + sin (A – B + C)}.
2
1
But since A + B + C = , we have sin3 A cos (B – C) = sin2 A (sin 2C + sin 2B)
2
= sin2 A (sin B cos B + sin C cos C)
= sin2 A sin B cos B + sin2 A sin C cos C + sin2 B sin C cos C + sin2 B sin A cos A +
sin2 C sin A cos A + sin2 C sin B cos B =
= sin A sin B (sin A cos B + cos A sin B)
+ sin A sin C (sin A cos C + cos A sin C)
+ sin B sin C (sin B cos C + cos B sin C)
= sin A sin B sin (A + B) + sin A sin C sin (A + C) + sin B sin C sin (B + C) = 3 sin A sin B sin C.
(b) We have
sin3 A sin (B – C) = sin2 A sin A sin (B – C) = sin2 A sin (B + C) sin (B – C)
1
= sin2 A {cos 2C – cos 2B) = sin2 A(sin2 B – sin2 C)
2
1 1
= sin2 A sin2 B sin2C = sin2 A sin2 B sin2 C
sin2 C sin2 B
1 1 1 1 1 1
× =0
sin2 C sin 2 B sin 2 A sin2 C sin 2 B sin 2 A
Ex.35 Given the product p of sines of the angles of a triangle & product q of their cosines, find the cubic
equation, whose coefficients are functions of p & q & whose roots are the tangents of the angles of
the triangle.
Sol. Given sinA sinB sinC = p ; cosA cosB cosC = q
Hence tanA tanB tanC = tanA + tanB + tanC = p/q
Hence equation of cubic is
p p
x3 – x2 + tanA tan Bx – =0 ...(i)
q q
sin A sin B cos C sin B sin C cos A sin C sin A cos B
now tan A tan B
cos A cos B cos C
We know that A + B + C =
cos(A+B+C) = –1; cos(A+B) cosC – sin(A+B) sinC = –1
( cosA cosB – sinA sin B) cosC – sinC (sinA cosB + cosA sinB) = –1
1+ cosA cosB cosC= sinA sinB cosC + sinB sinC cosA + sinC sinA cosB
dividing by cosA cosB cosC
1 q
tan A tan B
q
Hence (i) becomes qx3 – px 2 + (1 + q)x – p = 0
E. MAXIMUM & MINIMUM VALUES OF TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
(a) Min. value of a2 tan 2 + b2 cot2 = 2ab
(b) Max and Min. value of acos + bsin are a 2 b 2 and – a2 b2

(c) If f( ) = acos( ) + bcos( ) where a, b, and are known quantities then
– a2 b2 2ab cos( ) f( ) a2 b2 2ab cos( )
(d) If 0, and = (constant) then the maximum values of the expression

2
cos cos , cos + cos , sin + sin and sin sin
occurs when /2
(e) If 0, and = (constant) then the minimum values of the expression

2
sec + sec , tan + tan , cosec + cosec occurs when /2.
(f) If A, B, C are the anlges of a triangle then maximum value of
sinA + sinB + sinC and sinA sinB sinC occurs when A = B = C = 60º
(g) In case a quadratic in sin or cos is given then the maximum or minimum values can be
interpreted by making a perfect square
Ex.36 Find the minimum vertical distance between the graphs of y = 2 + sin x and y = cos x.
7
Sol. dmin = min(2 + sin x – cos x) = min[2 + 2 sin x 4
]=2– 2 at x =
4
Ex.37 If a sin2x + b lies in the interval [–2, 8] for every x R then find the value of (a – b).
Sol. f (x) = a sin2x + b
f (x) has a maximum value of 8 which occurs when sin2x = 1
a+b=8 ....(1)
|||ly f (x) has a minimum value of – 2 which occurs where sin x = 0
b=–2 ....(2)
from (1) and (2) a = 10; b = – 2 a – b = 12 [Ans. 12]
Ex.38 Find the greatest value of c such that system of equations

x2 + y2 = 25; x + y = c has a real solution.
Sol. put x = 5 cos y = 5 sin
5(cos + sin ) = c; but (cos + sin )max = 2 and (cos + sin )min = – 2
hence, c max 5 2 Ans.
Ex.39 Find the minimum and maximum value of f (x, y) = 7x2 + 4xy + 3y2 subjected to x 2 + y 2 = 1.
Sol. Let x = cos and y = sin
y = f ( ) = 7 cos2 + 4 sin cos + 3 sin2 = 3 + 2 sin 2 + 2(1 + cos 2 )
= 5 + 2(sin 2 + cos 2 ) but – 2 (sin 2 + cos 2 ) 2
ymax = 5 + 2 2 and ymin = 5 – 2 2

Ex.40 If 1, 2
, ...... , n are real numbers, show that,
(cos 1
+ cos 2 + ...... + cos n)2 + (sin 1 + ......+ sin n
)2 n2 .
Sol. L H S = (cos2 1
+ sin2 1
) + ....... + (cos2 n
+ sin2 n
)+2 cos ( 1 2
)
n
C2 terms
n ( n 1)
n+2 = n2
2
Ex.41 Show that the expression cos (sin + sin 2 sin 2 ) always lies between the values of ± 1 sin 2 .
Sol. Let y = cos (sin + sin 2 sin 2 )
or, y – cos sin = cos ( sin 2 sin 2 )

or, (y – cos sin ) = cos (sin + sin )
2 2 2 2
or, y2 – 2ysin cos + cos2 = cos2 sin2 + cos2 sin2

or, y2 – 2ysin cos + cos2 = cos2 + cos2 . sin2
[Here we have added cos2 on both sides to get 1 + sin2 ]
or, y2 – 2y sin cos + cos2 = cos2 (1 + sin2 )
or, y2.sec2 – 2y tan + 1 = 1 + sin2 (dividing by cos2 )
or, y tan – 2ytan + 1 = (1 + sin ) – y
2 2 2 2
(sec2 = 1 + tan2 )
or, (ytan – 1)2 = (1 + sin2 ) – y2
square of a real number 0 1 + sin 2 – y2 0
or, y2 – ( 1 sin2 )2 0 y lies between – 1 sin 2 and 1 sin2 .
F. SUMMATION OF TRIGONOMETRIC SERIES
Sum of sines or cosines of n angles

n
sin 2 n 1
sin + sin ( + ) + sin ( + 2 ) + ...... + sin ( n 1 )= sin
sin 2 2
n
sin 2 n 1
cos + cos ( + ) + cos ( + 2 ) + ...... + cos ( n 1 ) = cos
sin 2 2
3 5
Ex.42 Find the sum of the series, cos + cos + cos + ........ upto n terms.
2n 1 2n 1 2n 1
Do not use any direct formula of summation.
Sol. Let =
2n 1
S = cos + cos 3 + cos 5 + ........ cos (2n – 1)
(2 sin ) S = 2 sin [cos + cos 3 + cos 5 + ........ cos (2n – 1) ]
T1 = sin 2 – 0; T2 = sin 4 – sin 2 T3 = sin 6 – sin 4 Tn = sin 2n – sin 2(n – 1)
2n
sin
(2 sin ) S = sin2n S=
2 n 1 =1
2
2 sin
2n 1
35 m
Ex.43 Given sin 5k = tan , where angles are measured in degrees, and m and n are relatively prime
k 1 n
m
positive integers that satisfy < 90, find the value of (m + n).
n
Sol. LHS: S = sin 5 + sin 10 + sin 15 + .......... + sin 170 + sin 175
5 5
S 2 sin = 2 sin [sin 5 + sin 10 + ......... + sin 175]
2 2
5 15 15 25 345 355
T1 = cos – cos ; T2 = cos – cos .........; T35 = cos – cos
2 2 2 2 2 2
5 5 355 180 175 175
2 sin · S = cos – cos = 2 sin · sin = 2 sin
2 2 2 2 2 2
175 175 175

sin sin sin
2 2 2 175 m
S= 5 = 5 = 175 = tan 2 = tan n
sin cos 90 cos
2 2 2
m = 175 and n = 2 m + n = 177
Ex.44 Find the sum of the series ,

cot 2 x . cot 3 x + cot 3 x . cot 4 x + ...... + cot (n + 1) x . cot (n + 2) x .
cot ( n 2 ) x .cot ( n 1) x 1
Sol. cot x = cot [ (n + 2) x (n + 1) x ] =
cot ( n 1 ) x cot ( n 2 ) x
or cot x [ cot (n + 1) x cot (n + 2) x ] = cot (n + 2) x . cot (n + 1) x + 1
Hence cot (n + 1) x cot (n + 2) x = cot x [ cot (n + 1) x cot (n + 2) x ] 1
Put n = 1 , 2 , 3 , ...... , n and adding we get sum of the series
n
= cot x [ cot 2 x cot (n + 2) x ]
2
2x x
Ex.45 Let f (x) denote the sum of the infinite trigonometric series, f (x) = sin n
sin n .
n 1 3 3
Find f (x) (independent of n) also evaluate the sum of the solutions of the equation f (x) = 0 lying in the
interval (0, 629).
2x x 1 2x x 1 x x
Sol. f (x) = sin n
sin n = 2 sin sin n = cos cos
n 1 3 3 2 n 1 3 n
3 2 n 1 3n 3 n 1
now substituting n = 1, 2, 3, 4........
1 x 1 x x 1 x x 1 x x
f (x) = cos cos x + cos 2 cos + cos 3 cos 2 .......... + 2
cos n cos n 1
2 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 3
1 x 1
f (x) = Lim cos n cos x = [1 – cos x] now f (x) = 0 cos x = 1 x = 2n , n I
n 2 3 2
sum of the solutions in (0, 629), S = 2[ + 2 + 3 + ....... + 100 ] = 2 · 5050 = 10100

89
1
Ex.46 Evaluate .
n 11 (tan n ) 2
1 1 1 1 1
Sol. S= 2 2 2
........ 2
1 (tan 1 ) 1 (tan 2 ) 1 (tan 3 ) 1 (tan 88 ) 1 (tan 89 ) 2
reversing the sum
1 1 1 1
S= 2 2
.............................. 2
1 (cot 1 ) 1 (cot 2 ) 1 (cot 88 ) 1 (cot 89 ) 2
89
89
1 1 1 (tan n ) 2
2S = =
n 11 (tan n ) 2 1 (cot n ) 2 n 1 1 (tan n ) 2 1 (tan n ) 2
89
= 1 = 1 + 1 + ....... + 1 = 89 S = 44.5
n 1
G. ELIMINATION
Ex.47 Eliminate between the equation a sec + b tan + c = 0 and p sec + q tan + r = 0.
Sol. Given a sec + b tan + c = 0 ...(1)
and p sec + q tan + r = 0 ...(2)
Solving (1) and (2) by cross multiplication method, we have
sec tan 1
sec2 – tan2 =1
br qc pc ar aq pb
2 2
br qc pc ar
=1 or, (br – qc)2 – (pc – ar)2 = (aq – pb)2
aq pb aq pb
Ex.48 If is eliminated from the equations, a cos + b sin = c & a cos2 + b sin2 = c, show that the
eliminant is, (a b)2 (a c) (b c) + 4 a2 b2 = 0 .
Sol. a cos + b sin = c ..............(1)
a cos2 + b sin2 = c ..............(2)
c a b c
From (2) sin2 = and cos2 =
b a b a
Now squaring (1) a2 cos2 + b 2 sin2 + 2 ab sin cos = c2
b c c a b c c a
a2 + b2 c2 = 2 ab
b a b a b a b a
or a2 (b c) + b2 (c a) c2 (b a) = 2 ab b c c a
(a b) (b c) (c a) = 2 ab b c c a
(a b)2 (b c)2 (c a)2 = 4 a2 b2 (b c) (c a)
(a b)2 (b c) (c a) = 4 a2 b2 Result
Miscellaneous Questions
2 3
Ex.49 Prove that tan . tan . tan = 7
7 7 7
Sol. Let = 7 =
7
or, 4 +3 = or, tan(4 ) = tan( – 3 ) or, tan4 = –tan3
4 tan 4 tan3 3 tan tan 3

or, =–
1 6 tan2 tan 4 1 3 tan 2
4z 4z 3 3z z3
or, 2 4 [where tan = z (suppose)]
1 6z z 1 3z2
or, (4 – 4z2) (1 – 3z2) = –(3 – z2)(1 – 6z2 + z4) or 12z 4 – 16z2 + 4 = –(–z6 + 9z4 – 19z2 + 3)
or, z6 – 21z4 + 35z2 – 7 = 0 ...(1)
2 3
This is cubic equation in z2 i.e. in tan2 , the roots of this equation are therefore tan2 , tan2 and tan2
7 7 7
From (1), product of the roots = 7
2 3 2 3
tan2 . tan 2 . tan2 =7 tan . tan . tan = 7 Hence the result.
7 7 7 7 7 7
Ex.50 In triangle ABC, cos A . cos B + cos B . cos C + cos C . cos A = 1 – 2 cos A . cos B . cos C. Prove that
it is possible if and only if ABC is equilateral.
Sol. cos A . cos B = 1 – 2 cos A . cos B . cos C = 1 – cos C (cos (A+ B) + cos (A – B) )
= 1 – cos C (cos (A – B) – cosC) = 1 + cos (A + B) cos (A – B) +cos2 C
= 1 + cos2 A – sin2 B + cos2C = cos2 A + cos2 B +cos2C = cos2A.
Thus we have, 2 cos A – 2 2
cos A . cos B = 0
(cos A – cos B) + (cos B – cos C)2 + (cos C – cos A)2 = 0
2
cos A = cos B = cos C A= B= C
Thus triangle ABC is equilateral
3
Now if is equilateral A= B= C= cosA cos B = and 1 – 2 cos A cos B cos C
3 4
2 3
=1– . Hence the given expression is true if and only if ABC is equilateral.
8 4

EXERCISE – I JEE MAIN

Sol.
1. If tan +cot =a then the value of tan4 +cot4 =
(A) a4 + 4a2 +2 (B) a4 – 4a2 + 2
(C) a – 4a – 2
4 2
(D) None of these
Sol.
2. If a cos + b sin = 3 & a sin – b cos = 4 then 5. The expression

a2 + b2 has the value =
(A) 25 (B) 14 (C) 7 (D) None of these 4 3
3 sin 2 sin 4 (3 ) –2 sin 6 sin 6 (5 )
Sol. 2
is equal to
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 3 (D) sin 4 + sin 6
Sol.
3. The value of tan 1º tan 2º tan 3º ..... tan 89º is

(A) 1 (B) 0 (C) (D) 1/2
Sol. 6. cos (540º – ) – sin (630º – ) is equal to
(A) 0 (B) 2 cos (C) 2 sin (D) sin –cos
Sol.
3 7
tan x cos x sin3 x
4. 2 2 2
3
cos x . tan x
2 2
when simplified reduces to : 7. The value of sin( ) sin ( ) cosec2 is equal to

(A) sinx cosx (B) – sin2x (C) –sinx cosx (D) sin2x (A) –1 (B) 0 (C) sin (D) None of these
Sol. 11. In a triangle ABC if tan A < 0 then :

(A) tan B . tan C > 1 (B) tan B . tan C < 1
(C) tan B . tan C = 1 (D) None of these
Sol.
8. If sin sin – cos cos + 1 = 0, then the value

of 1 + cot tan is
(A) 1 (B) –1 (C) 2 (D) None of these
Sol.
12. If tan A – tan B = x and cot B – cot A = y, then
cot (A – B) is equal to
1 1 1 1 1 1
(A) (B) (C) (D) None of these
y x x y x y
Sol.
sin 24 º cos 6º sin 6º sin 66 º

9. The value of is
sin 21º cos 39º cos 51º sin 69º
(A) –1 (B) 1 (C) 2 (D) None of these
Sol.
tan155º tan 115º

13. If tan 25º=x, then is equal to
1 tan 155º tan115º
1 x2 1 x2 1 x2 1 x2
(A) (B) (C) 2 (D)
2x 2x 1 x 1 x2
tan Sol.
2
10. If 3 sin = 5 sin , then is equal to
tan
2
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
Sol.
14. If A + B = 225º, then the value of

cot A cot B
. is
1 cot A 1 cot B
(A) 2 (B) 1/2 (C) 3 (D) 1/3

Sol. 18. If A lies in the third quadrant and 3 tan A – 4 = 0,

then 5 sin 2A + 3 sinA + 4 cosA is equal to
24 24 48
(A) 0 (B) – (C) (D)
5 5 5
Sol.
15. The value of tan 3A – tan 2A – tan A is equal to

(A) tan 3A tan 2A tan A
(B) – tan 3A tan 2A tan A
(C) tan A tan 2A – tan 2A tan 3A – tan 3A tan A
(D) None of these cos 20º 8 sin 70 º sin 50º sin10º
19. is equal to
Sol. sin2 80 º
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3/4 (D) None of these
Sol.
16. tan 203º + tan 22º + tan 203º tan 22º =

(A) –1 (B) 0 (C) 1 (D) 2
Sol.
20. If cos A = 3/4, then the value of

16cos2 (A/2) – 32 sin (A/2) sin (5A/2) is
(A) –4 (B) –3 (C) 3 (D) 4
Sol.
1 tan2 15º
17. The value of is
1 tan2 15 º
3
(A) 1 (B) 3 (C) (D) 2
2
Sol.
21. The value of the expression

3 7 9
1 cos 1 cos 1 cos 1 cos is
10 10 10 10
(A) 1/8 (B) 1/16 (C) 1/4 (D) 0
Sol. Sol.
2 3 4 5 6
24. cos0+cos +cos +cos +cos +cos +cos =
7 7 7 7 7 7
(A) 1/2 (B) –1/2 (C) 0 (D) 1
Sol.
22. The numerical value of sin 12º . sin 48º . sin 54º
is equal to
(A) 1/2 (B) 1/4 (C) 1/16 (D) 1/8
Sol.
25. A regular hexagon & a regular dodecagon are

inscribed in the same circle. If the side of the
dodecagon is ( 3 –1), then the side of the hexagon is
3 1
(A) 2 +1 (B) (C) 2 (D) 2
2
23. If = 2 , then Sol.
(A) tan + tan + tan = tan tan tan

2 2 2 2 2 2
(B) tan tan + tan tan + tan tan =1

2 2 2 2 2 2
(C) tan + tan + tan = – tan tan tan

2 2 2 2 2 2
(D) tan tan + tan tan + tan tan =0

2 2 2 2 2 2

28. The value of cot x + cot(60º + x) + cot (120º + x)

26. In a right angled triangle the hypotenuse is 2 2 is equal to
times the perpendicular drawn from the opposite (A) cos 3x (B) tan 3x
vertex. Then the other acute angles of the triangle are
3 9 tan2 x
3 3 (C) 3 tan 3x (D)
(A) & (B) & (C) & (D) & 3 tan x tan3 x
3 6 8 8 4 4 5 10 Sol.
Sol.
3
29. If x , then
2
27. If , then the value of
2
x
4 cos2 4 sin4 x sin2 2x is always equal to
1 sin – 1 sin is equal to 4 2
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) –2 (D) None of these
Sol.
(A) 2 cos (B) 2 sin (C) 2 (D) None of these
2 2
Sol.
cos 6x 6 cos 4x 15 cos 2x 10 Sol.

30. The expression
cos 5 x 5 cos 3x 10 cos x
is equal to
(A) cos 2x (B) 2 cos x (C) cos2 x (D) 1 + cos x
Sol.
sin sin 2
33. For – < < , lies in the interval
2 2 1 cos cos 2
(A) (– ) (B) (–2, 2) (C) (0, ) (D) (–1, 1)
31. If cos (A – B) = 3/5 and tan A tan B = 2, Sol.
1 2
(A) cosA cosB = – (B) sinA sinB = –
5 5
1 4
(C) cos (A + B) = – (D) sin A cos B =
5 5
Sol.
1
34. If 0 < x < and cos x + sin x = , then tan x is
2
(4 7) (4 7)
3 (A) (B) –
32. If A + B + C = , then cos 2A + cos 2B + cos 2C 3 3
2
is equal to
(A) 1–4cos A cosB cosC (B) 4 sinA sinB sinC (1 7) (1 7)
(C) (D)
(C) 1+2 cosA cosB cosC (D) 1–4 sinA sinB sinC 4 4

Sol. Sol.
37. Which is correct one ?

(A) sin 1° < sin 1 (B) sin 1° = sin 1
(C) sin 1° > sin 1 (D) sin 1° = sin
180
Sol.
35. Let be such that 3 .

21 27
If sin + sin =– and cos + cos =– , then
65 65
the value of cos is
2
3 3 6 6
(A) – (B) (C) (D) –
130 130 65 65
Sol.
38. The value of cos 10° – sin 10° is

(A) Positive (B) Negative (C) 0 (D) 1
Sol.
36. The value of the expression

cos 1° cos 2° ......... cos 179° equals
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 1/ 2 (D) – 1
EXERCISE – II JEE ADVANCED (OBJECTIVE )
LEVEL – I SINGLE CORRECT
1. If tan A and tan B are the roots of the quadratic Sol.

equation x2 – ax + b = 0, then the value of sin2 (A + B)
a2 a2
(A) 2 (B)
a (1 b )2 a 2
b2
a2 a2
(C) (D) 2
(b c )2 b (1 a )2
Sol.
C C
4. If A + B + C = & sin A
2 = k sin 2 ,
A B
2. If A = tan 6º tan 42º and B = cot 66º cot 78º, then then tan tan =
2 2
(A) A = 2B (B) A = 1/3 B (C) A = B (D) 3A = 2B
Sol. k 1 k 1 k k 1
(A) (B) (C) (D)
k 1 k 1 k 1 k
Sol.
1 1
3. =
cos 290 º 3 sin 250 º
5. In any triangle ABC, which is not right angled
2 3 4 3 cos A . cosec B . cosec C is equal to
(A) (B) (C) 3 (D) None of these
3 3 (A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) None of these

Sol.
9. The value of tan + 2 tan + 4 is equal to
16 8
(A) cot (B) cot (C) cot –4 (D) None of these

8 16 16
Sol.
6. If 3 cos x + 2 cos 3x = cos y, 3 sin x + 2 sin 3x = sin

y, then the value of cos 2x is
(A) –1 (B) 1/8 (C) –1/8 (D) 7/8
Sol.
3 5 17
10. The value of cos +cos +cos +...+ cos
19 19 19 19
is equal to
(A) 1/2 (B) 0 (C) 1 (D) None of these
Sol.
7. If cos + cos = a, sin + sin = b and =2 ,

cos 3
then =
cos
(A) a2 + b2 – 2 (B) a2 + b2 – 3
(C) 3 – a2 – b2 (D) (a2 + b2) /4
Sol.
3 1
11. If < , then 2 cot is equal to
4 sin 2
(A) 1 +cot (B) –1 – cot
(C) 1 – cot (D) –1 + cot
Sol.
8. If A + B + C = & cos A = cos B . cos C then
tan B . tanC has the value equal to
(A) 1 (B) 1/2 (C) 2 (D) 3
Sol.
12. If f( ) = sin4 + cos2 , then range of f( ) is

3
1 1 3 3 15. If 0° < x < 90° & cos x = , then the value of
,1 , ,1 10
(A) (B) (C) (D) None of these
2 2 4 4 log10 sin x + log10 cos x + log10 tan x is
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) –1 (D) None of these
Sol.
Sol.
13. If 2 cos x + sin x = 1, then value of 7 cos x + 6 sin 1

x is equal to 16. If cot + tan = m and – cos = n, then
cos
(A) 2 or 6 (B) 1 or 3 (C) 2 or 3 (D) None of these
(A) m (mn2)1/3 – n(nm2 )1/3 = 1
Sol. (B) m(m2n)1/3 – n(nm2 )1/3 = 1
(C) n (mn2)1/3 – m(nm2)1/3 = 1
(D) n(m2 n)1/3 – m(mn2 )1/3 = 1
Sol.
11
14. If cosec A + cot A = , then tan A is
2
21 15 44 117
(A) (B) (C) (D)
22 16 117 43
Sol. 17. If 2 sec2 – sec4 – 2 cosec2 + cosec4 = 15/
4, then tan is equal to
(A) 1/ 2 (B) 1/2 (C) 1/2 2 (D) 1/4
Sol.

tan3 cot 3
20. If sin 2 = k, then the value of
1 tan 2 1 cot 2
is equal to
1 k2 2 k2
(A) (B) (C) k 2 + 1 (D) 2 – k2
k k
Sol.
sin A 3 cos A 5
18. If and , 0 < A, B < /2,
sin B 2 cosB 2
then tan A + tan B is equal to
(A) 3 / 5 (B) 5 / 3 (C) 1 (D) ( 5 3)/ 5
Sol.
2 4
21. If f( ) = sin2 + sin2 + sin2 ,
3 3
then f is equal to
15
2 3 1 1
(A) (B) (C) (D)
3 2 3 2
Sol.
19. If 3 sin x + 4 cos x = 5 then 4 sin x – 3 cos x is

equal to
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 5 (D) None of these
Sol.
LEVEL – II MULTIPLE CORRECT

4. If tan2 = 2 tan2 + 1, then the value of
sin x cos x
1. The value of = cos 2 + sin2 is
cos3 x
(A) 1+tanx + tan2x –tan3x (B) 1+tan x+tan2x+tan3x (A) 1 (B) 2 (C) –1 (D) Independent of
(C) 1–tanx + tan2x +tan3x (D) (1 + tan x) sec2x Sol.
Sol.
2 4 8 16
2. If (sec A + tan A) (sec B + tan B) (sec C + tan C) 5. The value of cos cos cos cos cos is
= (sec A – tan A) (sec B – tan B) (sec C – tan C) 10 10 10 10 10
then each side is equal to
(A) 1 (B) –1 (C) 0 (D) None of these 10 2 5 cos( / 10)
(A) (B) –
Sol. 64 16
cos( / 10 ) 10 2 5
(C) (D) –
16 64
Sol.
(cos 11º sin 11º )

3. The value of is
(cos 11º sin11º )
(A) –tan 304º (B) tan 56º (C) cot 214º (D) cot 34º
Sol.
6. If x + y = z, then cos2 x + cos2 y + cos 2 z – 2 cos x

cos y cos z is equal to
(A) cos2 z (B) sin2 z (C) cos (x + y – z) (D) 1

Sol. 9. An extreme value of 1 + 4 sin + 3 cos is

(A) – 3 (B) – 4 (C) 5 (D) 6
Sol.
10. If the sides of a right angled triangle are

{cos2 + cos2 + 2cos( )} and
7. If tan A + tan B + tan C = tan A . tan B . tan C, then {sin2 + sin2 + 2sin( )},then the length of the
(A) A, B, C may be angles of a triangle hypotneuse is
(B) A + B + C is an integral multiple of (A) 2 [1 + cos( )] (B) 2 [1 – cos( )]
(C) sum of any two of A, B, C is equal to third
(C) 4 cos2 (D) 4 sin2
(D) None of these 2 2
Sol. Sol.
8. In a triangle tan A + tan B + tan C = 6 and tan A

tan B = 2, then the values of tanA, tan B and tan C are
(A) 1, 2, 3 (B) 2, 1, 3 11. For 0 < < /2, tan + tan 2 + tan 3 = 0 if
(C) 1, 2, 0 (D) None of these (A) tan = 0 (B) tan 2 = 0
(C) tan 3 = 0 (D) tan tan 2 = 2
Sol.
Sol.
12. (a+2) sin + (2a – 1) cos = (2a+1) if tan = Sol.

2a 2a
(A) 3/4 (B) 4/3 (C) (D)
a2 1 a2 1
Sol.
15. The equation sin6x + cos6x = a2 has real solution if
(A) a (–1,1) (B) a (–1, –1/2)

11
(C) a (D) a (1/2, 1)
22
Sol.
2b
13. If tan x = , (a c)
a c
y = a cos2x + 2b sin x cos x + c sin2x
z = a sin2x – 2b sin x cos x + c cos2x, then
(A) y = z (B) y + z = a + c
(C) y – z = a – c (D) y – z = (a – c)2 + 4b2
Sol.
16. If 3 sin =sin (2 + ), then tan ( ) – 2 tan is

(A) independent of (B) independent of
(C) dependent of both and
(D) independent of but dependent of
Sol.
n n
cos A cos B sin A sin B
14.
sin A sin B cos A cosB
A B A B
(A) 2 tann (B) 2 cotn : n is even
2 2
(C) 0 : n is odd (D) None of these

EXERCISE – III JEE ADVANCED
Comprehension # 1 Comprehension # 2
If cos + cos = a and sin + sin = b and is Let p be the product of the sines of the angles of
arithmetic mean between and , then sin 2 + triangle ABC and q is the product of the cosines of
the angles.
nb(a b)
cos 2 = 1 + . 4. In this triangle tan A + tan B + tan C is equal to
a2 b2
where n is some integer then answer the following p
questions : (A) p + q (B) p – q (C) (D) None of these
q
1. The value of n is Sol.
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 2 (D) – 2
Sol.
n
2. If for n obtained in above question, sin A = x, then 5. tan A tan B + tan B tan C + tan C tan A is equal to
sin A sin 2A sin 3A sin 4A is a polynomial in x, of
degree 1 q 1 p
(A) 1 + q (B) (C) 1 + p (D)
(A) 5 (B) 6 (C) 7 (D) 8 q p
Sol. Sol.
3. If degree of polynoimal obtained in previous 3 3 3

6. The value of tan A + tan B + tan C is
question is p and (p – 5) + sin x, cos x, tan x are in
9 6 5
G.P., then cos x + cos x + 3 cos x – 1 = p3 3pq 2 q3 p3 p3 3pq
(A) 3 (B) 3 (C) (D)
(A) –1 (B) 0 (C) 1 (D) None of these q p q3 q3
Sol.
Sol.
Matrix Match Type

1. Column - I Column - II
(A) sin 420° cos 390° (P) 0
+ cos (–660°) sin (–330°)
(B) tan 315° cot (–405°) (Q) 1
+ cot 495° tan (–585°)
(1 tan 8 )(1 tan 37 )

(C) The value of = (R) 2
(1 tan 22 )(1 tan 23 )
1 2
(D) Value of sin x is (S) 5
4 3
(where [.] represents greatest integer function)
Sol.
2. Column - I Column - II
(A) If for some real x, then equation (P) 2
1
x+ = 2 cos holds
x
then cos is equal to (Q) 1
(B) If sin + cosec = 2,
2008 2008
then sin + cosec is equal to (R) 0
4 4
(C) Maximum value of sin + cos is
2 2
(D) Least value of 2 sin + 3 cos is (S) –1
Sol.

SUBJECTIVE TYPE
1. Eliminate from the relations a sec = 1 – b tan ,
a2 sec2 = 5 + b2 tan2
Sol.
2. If tan = –5/12, is not in the second quadrant,

sin( 360º ) tan( 90 º ) 181
then show that
sec(270 º ) cos ec ( ) 338
Sol.
3. Prove that
1 cot 2
4 9
cos cot 4 sec = cosec 4 .
2 2
1 cot 2
4
Sol.
6. If 0 < < /4, then show that
2 2(1 cos 4 ) = 2 cos .

4. Prove than
Sol.
sec 8 A 1 tan 8A
(i)
sec 4 A 1 tan 2A
Sol.
7. Prove that
tan tan (60º + ) tan (60º – ) = tan 3 and hence
deduce that tan 20º tan 40º tan 60º tan 80º = 3.
Sol.
cos A sin A cos A sin A

(ii) – = 2 tan 2A
cos A sin A cos A sin A
Sol.
8. Prove that 4(cos3 20º+cos3 40º)=3(cos 20º+cos 40º)

5. If A+B =45º, prove that (1+tan A) (1+tan B) = 2 Sol.
1º
and hence deduce that tan 22 2 1
2
Sol.

9. Prove that
n sin n cos(n 1) 11. If x + y + z = show that,
sin2 +sin22 +sin23 +....+sin2 n = – 2
2 2 sin sin 2x + sin 2y + sin 2z = 4 cosx cosy cosz.
Sol. Sol.
12. If x + y = + z, then prove that

sin2x + sin2y – sin2z = 2 sin x sin y cos z.
Sol.
13. If A + B + C = 2S then prove that

cos (S – A) + cos(S – B) + cos (S – C) + cos S = 4
10. If is the exterior angle of a regular polygon of n
sides and is any constant, then prove that A B C
cos cos cos
sin + sin ( ) + ....... up to n terms = 0 2 2 2
Sol. Sol.
14. If A + B + C = 0º then prove that 17. Prove that, sin3x . sin3 x + cos 3 x . cos3 x = cos3 2x.
sin 2A + sin 2B + sin 2C = –4 sin A sin B sin C. Sol.
Sol.
15. Find the extreme values of

tan tan
2 2 18. If tan = , prove than
cos x cos x cos x 1 tan . tan
3 3
Sol. sin 2 sin 2
sin 2 = .
1 sin 2 . sin 2
Sol.
16. Find the maximum and minimum values of

(i) cos 2x + cos2 x
Sol.
(ii) cos 2 x (sin x – cos x)2

4
Sol.
19. Show that :

1º 1º
(i) cot 7 or tan 82 = ( 3 2 )( 2 1)
2 2
or 2 3 4 6

Sol.
1º
(ii) tan 142 =2+ 2 3 6.
2
Sol.
21. Calculate the following without using trigonometric

tables :
(i) tan 9º – tan 27º – tan 63º + tan 81º
Sol.
20. If sin x + sin y = a & cos x + cos y = b, show that,
2ab x y 4 a 2 b2
sin (x + y) = 2 2 and tan =± .
a b 2 a 2 b2
Sol.
(ii) cosec 10º – 3 sec 10º

Sol.
sec 5º cos 40º

(iii) 2 2 sin10º 2 sin35º
2 sin5º
Sol.
3
22. If cos ( ) + cos ( ) + cos ( )= ,
2
prove that
cos + cos + cos = 0, sin + sin + sin = 0
Sol.
(iv) cot 70º + 4 cos 70º

Sol.
ax by ax sin by cos
23. If = a2 – b2, = 0.
cos sin cos 2 sin 2
Show that (ax)2/3 + (by)2/3 = (a2 – b2)2/3
(v) tan 10º – tan 50º + tan 70º Sol.
Sol.

24. If Pn = cosn + sinn and Qn = cosn – sinn , then

show that Pn – Pn – 2 = – sin2 cos2 Pn – 4
Qn – Qn–2 = –sin2 cos2 Qn – 4 and hence show that
P4 = 1 – 2 sin2 cos2
Q4 = cos2 – sin2
Sol.
26. If A + B + C = , Prove that

tanB tanC+tanC tanA+tanA tanB=1+secA . sec B .secC.
Sol.
25. If sin ( ) = a & sin ( ) = b (0 < /2)

then find the value of cos2 ( ) – 4 ab cos ( )
Sol.
27. If tan2 +2 tan . tan 2 =tan2 +2 tan . tan2 ,

then prove that each side is equal to 1 or
tan = ± tan .
Sol. their radii.

Sol.
3 3
31. If tan x = , <x< , find the value of
4 2
x x
sin and cos .
2 2
Sol.
28. For all in 0, show that cos (sin ) > sin (cos
2
)
Sol.
32. Prove that :
(i) sec4 A (1 – sin4 A) – 2 tan2 A = 1
Sol.
cot2 (sec 1) 1 sin

(ii) = sec2 .
1 sin 1 sec
Sol.
29. Find the length of an arc of a circle of radius

10 cm which subtends an angle of 45° at the centre.
Sol.
33. In a ABC, prove that

30. If the arcs of the same length in two circles subtend
angles 75° and 120° at the centre, find the ratio of

A B C A B C
sin +sin +sin =1+4sin 4
sin 4
sin 4
2 2 2
Sol.
4 3 5 7 3
(b) sin sin4 sin4 sin4
16 16 16 16 2
Sol.
7
37. If X = s i n + s in + s in
12 12
3 7
, Y = cos + cos + cos
34. Prove that : cos² + cos² ( + ) 2cos cos 12 12 12
cos ( + ) = sin²
3 X Y
Sol. then prove that = 2 tan 2 .
12 Y X
Sol.
35. Prove that : cos 2 = 2 sin² + 4cos ( + ) sin

sin + cos 2( + )
Sol.
38. If m tan ( - 30°) = n tan ( + 120°) , show

m n
that cos 2 =
36. Prove that : 2(m n) .
(a) tan 20° . tan 40° . tan 60° . tan 80° = 3
Sol.
Sol.
41. If + = , prove that

cos² + cos² + cos² = 1 + 2 cos cos cos .
Sol.
39. If A + B + C = , prove that

tan A 42. In A, B, C denote the angles of a triangle ABC
(tan A ) 2 (cot A ) . then prove that the triangle is right angled if and only
tan B tan C = if sin4A + sin4B + sin4C = 0
Sol. Sol.
1 sin A cos B 2sin A 2sinB

40. Show that cos A 1 sinB sin(A B) cos A cosB
.
Sol.
2
43. If = , prove that
7
tan . tan 2 + tan 2 . tan 4 + tan 4 . tan = 7.
Sol.

46. Prove that the average of the numbers

nsinnº, n = 2, 4, 6,...180, is cot 1º.
Sol.
44. Let k = 1º, then prove that

88
1 cos k
.
cos nk . cos(n 1)k sin 2 k
n 0
Sol.
47. Show that elliminating x & y from the equations,

sin x + sin y = a ; cos x + cos y = b & tan x + tan y = c
8ab
gives = c.
45. If cos A = tan B, cos B = tan C and cos C = tan A, (a 2 b2 )2 4a2
Sol.
then prove that sin A = sin B = sin C = 2 sin 18º.
Sol.
EXERCISE – IV PREVIOUS YEARS
1. If cos x + cos y + cos = 0 and sin x + sin y + sin

x y
= 0, then cot = [AIEEE-2002]
2
(A) sin (B) cos (C) cot (D) 2 sin
Sol.
3. Let be s uc h tha t < – < 3 .

21 27
If sin + sin =– and cos + cos =– , then
65 65
the value of cos is- [AIEEE-2004]

2
3 3 6 6
(A) – (B) (C) (D)
130 130 65 65
Sol.
2. cos 1°. cos 2°. cos 3°.... cos 179° = [AIEEE-2002]

(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 2 (D) 3
Sol.
4. Let A and B denote the statements

A : cos + cos + cos = 0 [AIEEE-2009]
B : sin + sin + sin = 0
3
If cos +cos +cos = ,then :
2
(A) A is false and B is true (B) both A and B are true
(C) both A and B are false (D) A is true and B is false

Sol. Sol.
4 5
5. Let cos ( + ) = and let sin ( – ) = ,
5 13
7. In a PQR i f 3 si n P + 4 cos Q = 6 and
4 sin Q + 3 cos P = 1, then the angle R is equal to :
where 0 . Then tan 2 = [AIEEE-2010] [AIEEE-2012]
4
3 5
25 56 19 20 (A) (B) (C) (D)
(A) (B) (C) (D) 4 4 6 6
16 33 12 7
Sol.
Sol.
6. If A = sin2x + cos4x, then for all real x :

[AIEEE-2011]
3 13
(A) A 1 (B) A 1
4 16
3 13
(C) 1 A 2 (D) A
4 16

1. (a) Let f( ) = sin (sin + sin 3 ). Then f( ) :
[JEE 2000 (Scr.), 1]
(A) 0 only when 0 (B) 0 for all real
(C) 0 for all real (D) 0 only when 0.
Sol.
(b) Find the smallest positive values of x & y
satisfying, x–y= , cot x+cot y=2. [REE 2000, 3]

4
Sol.
(b) In any triangle ABC, prove that,

A B C A B C
cot + cot + cot = cot cot cot .
2 2 2 2 2 2
[JEE 2000 (Mains), 3]
Sol.
3. If + = and + = then tan equals

2
[JEE 2001 (Scr.), 1]
(A) 2(tan + tan ) (B) tan + tan
(C) tan + 2tan (D) 2tan + tan
Sol.
2. (a) Find the maximum and minimum values of
cos 2x sin 2x
27 . 81 .
Sol.

Sol.
4. If and are acute angles sin = 1/2, cos = 1/3,

then + [JEE 2004 (Scr.)]
2 2 5 5
(A) , , , ,
3 2 (B) 2 3 (C) 3 6 (D) 6
Sol.
tan cot
6. Let (0, /4) and t1 =(tan ) , t2 =(tan ) ,
tan cot
t3 = (cot ) , t4 = (cot ) , then [JEE 2006, 3]
(A) t1 > t2 > t3 > t4 (B) t4 > t3 > t1 > t2
(C) t3 > t1 > t2 > t4 (D) t2 > t3 > t1 > t4
Sol.
5. In an equilateral triangle, 3 coins of radii 1 unit
each are kept so that they touch each other and also
the sides of the triangle. Area of the triangle is
A [JEE 2005 (Scr.)]
(A) 4 2 3 (B) 6 4 3
7 3 7 3
(C) 12 (D) 3
B C 4 4
(b) For 0 < < /2, the solution(s) of
6
(m 1) m
cosec cosec = 4 2 is (are)
4 4
m 1
(A) /4 (B) /6 (C) /12 (D) 5 /12

Sol.
One or more than one is/are correct : [Q.7 (a) & (b)]
8. The maximum value of the expression
sin4 x cos4 x 1
7. (a) If + = , then [JEE 2009, 4+4] 1
2 3 5
is [JEE 2010]
2 2 sin8 x cos8 x 1 sin2 3 sin cos 5 cos2
(A) tan x = (B) + =
3 8 27 125 Sol.
2 1 sin8 x cos8 x 2
(C) tan x = (D) + =
3 8 27 125
Sol.

9. The positive integer value of n > 3 satisfying the 10. Let , [0,2 ] be such that [JEE 2012]
1 1 1
equation 2 3 is [JEE 2011]
sin sin sin
n n n 2 cos (1 sin ) sin2 tan cot cos 1
2 2
Sol.
3
tan(2 ) 0and 1 sin
2
Then cannot satisfy
4
(A) 0 (B)
2 2 3
4 3 3
(C) (D) 2
3 2 2
Sol.
Answer Ex–I JEE MAIN
1. B 2. A 3. A 4. D 5. B 6. A 7. A 8. D
9. A 10. D 11. B 12. C 13. A 14. B 15. A 16. C
17. C 18. A 19. B 20. C 21. B 22. D 23. A 24. D
25. D 26. B 27. A 28. D 29. B 30. B 31. C 32. D
33. A 34. B 35. A 36. A 37. A 38. A
Answer Ex–II JEE ADVANCED (OBJECTIVE)
LEVEL – I SINGLE CORRECT
1. A 2. C 3. B 4. A 5. B 6. A 7. B 8. C
9. B 10. A 11. B 12. C 13. A 14. C 15. C 16. A
17. A 18. D 19. A 20. B 21. B
LEVEL – II MULTIPLE CORRECT
1. BD 2. AB 3. ABCD 4. D 5. BD 6. CD 7. AB 8. AB
9. BD 10. AC 11. CD 12. BD 13. BC 14. BC 15. BD 16. AB
Answer Ex–III JEE ADVANCED
Comprehension # 1 1. C 2. A 3. B Comprehension # 2 4. C 5. B 6. D
Matrix Match Type

1. (A)–(Q) ; (B)–(R) ; (C)–(Q) ; (D)–(P) 2. (A)–(Q, S) ; (B)–(P) ; (C)–(Q) ; (D)–(P)
1 1
Subjective Type 1. a 2b2 + 4a 2 = 9b2 15. – , 16. (i) 2, –1 (ii) 2, 0
4 4
5
21. (i) 4 (ii) 4 (iii) 4 (iv) 3 (v) 3 25. 1 – 2a2 – 2b2 29. cm
2
x 3 x 1
30. r1 : r2 = 8 : 5 31. sin and cos
2 10 2 10

Answer Ex–IV PREVIOUS YEARS
1. C 2. A 3. A 4. B 5. B 6. A 7. D
5 –5 5
1. (a) C 2. (a) max. = 3 & min. = 3 ; (b) x = ;y= 3. C 4. B
12 6
5. B 6. B 7. (a) A, B ; (b) C, D 8. 2 9. 7 10. A,C,D

11thsamplebooklet PDF

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

11thsamplebooklet PDF

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

MOTION SAMPLE BOOKLET CLASS XI

Corporate Head Office

THEORY WITH SOLVED EXAMPLES ..................................................... 5 – 24

EXERCISE - III .......................................................................................... 55 – 68

EXERCISE -IV ........................................................................................... 69 - 86

ANSWER KEY .......................................................................................... 87 - 89

THEORY WITH SOLVED EXAMPLES ..................................................... 9 – 114

EXERCISE - I ............................................................................................ 120 – 126

EXERCISE - II ........................................................................................... 127 – 135

EXERCISE - III .......................................................................................... 136 – 143

EXERCISE - IV .......................................................................................... 144 – 145

ANSWER KEY .......................................................................................... 146 – 148

TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS & IDENTITIES (PHASE–I)

THEORY WITH SOLVED EXAMPLES ..................................................... 149 – 165

EXERCISE - I ............................................................................................ 166 – 172

EXERCISE - II ........................................................................................... 173 – 179

EXERCISE - III .......................................................................................... 180 – 192

EXERCISE - IV .......................................................................................... 193 – 198

ANSWER KEY .......................................................................................... 199 - 200

Mole concept; Chemical formulae; Balanced chemical equations; Calculations (based

on mole concept) involving common oxidation-reduction, neutralisation, and displacement

reactions; Concentration in terms of mole fraction, molarity, molality and normality.

• TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS & IDENTITIES (PHASE–I)

TOTAL NO. OF QUESTIONS

No. of Unsolved Example : 1000 (Approx)

No. of Solved Example : 5000 (Approx)

No. of Unsolved Example : 450 (Approx)

No. of Solved Example : 5500 (Approx)

No. of Unsolved Example : 1000 (Approx)

No. of Solved Example : 4000 (Approx)

Pure Translational Pure Rotational Combined Translational and

1.1. Pure Translational Motion :

Vcm V of any particle, acm a of any particle

Scm S of any particle

: 0744-2209671, 08003899588 | url : www.motioniitjee.com, :info@motioniitjee.com

Fext m1a1 m 2 a2 m3 a 3 .............

But acceleration of all the particles are same So, a1 a2 a3 ......... a

1.2. Pure Rotational Motion :

1.3 Combined translation and rotational Motion

: 0744-2209671, 08003899588 | url : www.motioniitjee.com, :info@motioniitjee.com

Sol. (i) Moment of inertia of particle on left is I1 = m1r12.

2.3 Moment of Inertia of Rigid Bodies

where the integral is taken over the system.

(A) Uniform rod about a perpendicular bisector

: 0744-2209671, 08003899588 | url : www.motioniitjee.com, :info@motioniitjee.com

The perpendicular distance of the strip from AB = x.

(D) Moment of inertia of a uniform circular plate about its axis

(E) Moment of inertia of a hollow cylinder about its axis

(F) Moment of inertia of a uniform solid cylinder about its axis

The moment of inertia of this elemental ring about OX is

: 0744-2209671, 08003899588 | url : www.motioniitjee.com, :info@motioniitjee.com

(H) Moment of inertia of a uniform solid sphere about a diameter

Its moment of inertia about the diameter OX is, therefore,

3. THEOREMS OF MOMENT OF INERTIA

3.1 Theorem of parallel axes

Two such axes are shown in figure for a body of mass M. If r is

Ex 5. Three rods each of mass m and length l are joined A

: 0744-2209671, 08003899588 | url : www.motioniitjee.com, :info@motioniitjee.com

3.2 Theorem of perpendicular axes

: 0744-2209671, 08003899588 | url : www.motioniitjee.com, :info@motioniitjee.com

5.1 Torque about point :

: 0744-2209671, 08003899588 | url : www.motioniitjee.com, :info@motioniitjee.com

Ex.16 A particle having mass m is projected with a velocity